Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

2011 Buick Regal Owner Manual M

In Brief ...... 1-1 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Lighting ...... 6-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Interior Lighting ...... 6-4 Vehicle Features ...... 1-12 Rear Seats ...... 3-9 Lighting Features ...... 6-6 Performance and Safety Belts ...... 3-11 Maintenance ...... 1-17 Airbag System ...... 3-27 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Child Restraints ...... 3-40 Introduction ...... 7-1 Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1 Radio ...... 7-7 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Storage ...... 4-1 Audio Players ...... 7-14 Doors ...... 2-7 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Phone ...... 7-20 Vehicle Security...... 2-9 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-10 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-11 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Windows ...... 2-12 Controls ...... 5-2 Air Vents ...... 8-4 Roof ...... 2-15 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Maintenance ...... 8-4 Indicators ...... 5-7 Information Displays ...... 5-22 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-25 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-31 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2011 Buick Regal Owner Manual M

Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Driving Information ...... 9-2 General Information ...... 10-2 General Information ...... 11-1 Starting and Operating ...... 9-16 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-24 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-30 Recommended Fluids, Automatic Transmission ...... 9-25 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-6 Manual Transmission ...... 9-29 Electrical System ...... 10-35 Maintenance Records ...... 11-9 Brakes ...... 9-30 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-42 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-34 Jump Starting ...... 10-70 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-39 Towing...... 10-74 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-42 Appearance Care ...... 10-77 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Fuel ...... 9-44 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Towing...... 9-50 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-50 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy...... 13-14 Index ...... i-1 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

For vehicles first sold in Canada, Using this Manual substitute the name “General Motors of Canada Limited” for Buick To quickly locate information Motor Division wherever it appears about the vehicle, use the Index in this manual. in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in the Keep this manual in the vehicle for manual and the page number where The names, logos, emblems, quick reference. it can be found. slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs appearing Canadian Vehicle Owners Danger, Warnings, and in this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, Propriétaires Canadiens Cautions the BUICK Emblem, and REGAL A French language copy of this Warning messages found on vehicle are trademarks and/or service manual can be obtained from your labels and in this manual describe marks of General Motors LLC, its dealer or from: hazards and what to do to avoid or subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. reduce them. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de This manual describes features that ce guide en français auprès du Danger indicates a hazard with a may or may not be on your specific concessionnaire ou à l'adresse high level of risk which will result in vehicle either because they are suivante: serious injury or death. options that you did not purchase or due to changes subsequent to the Helm, Incorporated P.O. Box 07130 printing of this owner manual. Detroit, MI 48207 Please refer to the purchase documentation relating to your 1-800-551-4123 specific vehicle to confirm each of Numéro de poste 6438 de langue the features found on your vehicle. française www.helminc.com Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 20977758 C Third Printing © 2011 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

iv Introduction

Warning or Caution indicates a Symbols % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls hazard that could result in injury or or OnStar® death. The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light { text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System WARNING the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control These mean there is something information relating to a specific that could hurt you or other component, control, message, B : Engine Coolant Temperature gauge, or indicator. people. O : Exterior Lamps M : This symbol is shown when # you need to see your owner manual : Fog Lamps Notice: This means there is for additional instructions or . : Fuel Gauge something that could result in information. property or vehicle damage. This + : Fuses * : This symbol is shown when would not be covered by the 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam you need to see a service manual vehicle's warranty. Changer for additional instructions or information. j : LATCH System Child Restraints Vehicle Symbol Chart * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle : : Oil Pressure and what they mean. For more } : Power information on the symbol, refer to A circle with a slash through it is a > the Index. : Safety Belt Reminders safety symbol which means “Do : Tire Pressure Monitor Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let 9 : Airbag Readiness Light 7 d this happen.” # : Air Conditioning : Traction Control ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) M : Windshield Washer Fluid Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 1-9 Performance and Maintenance In Brief Interior Lighting ...... 1-9 Traction Control Exterior Lighting ...... 1-10 System (TCS) ...... 1-17 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-10 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-18 Instrument Panel Climate Controls ...... 1-11 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-18 Transmission ...... 1-12 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-18 Initial Drive Information Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-19 Vehicle Features Driving for Better Fuel Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Radio(s) ...... 1-12 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Economy ...... 1-19 Satellite Radio ...... 1-13 Roadside Assistance System ...... 1-4 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-13 Door Locks ...... 1-5 ® Program ...... 1-19 Bluetooth ...... 1-14 OnStar® ...... 1-20 Trunk Release ...... 1-5 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-14 Windows ...... 1-5 Cruise Control ...... 1-15 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-5 Navigation System ...... 1-15 Heated Seats ...... 1-7 Driver Information Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-7 Center (DIC) ...... 1-15 Safety Belts ...... 1-7 Vehicle Personalization ...... 1-16 Sensing System for Passenger Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-16 Airbag ...... 1-8 Power Outlets ...... 1-16 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-8 Sunroof ...... 1-16 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Exterior Lamp Controls on I. Windshield Wiper/Washer on Q. Data Link Connector (Out of page 6‑1. page 5‑3. View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5 13. Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. J. Infotainment on page 7‑1. ‑ Instrument Panel Illumination K. Traction Control System (TCS) R. Instrument Panel Fuse Block on ® page 10 40. Control on page 6‑4. on page 9‑34/ StabiliTrak ‑ System on page 9 36 (If Instrument Panel Storage on B. Air Vents on page 8‑4. ‑ Equipped). page 4‑1. C. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. See Turn and Lane-Change Interactive Drive Control S. Steering Wheel Adjustment on System on page 9 38 page 5 2. Signals on page 6‑3. ‑ ‑ (If Equipped). Driver Information Center T. Ignition Positions on page 9‑17. Buttons. See Driver Information L. Info Display. See Operation on U. Heated Front Seats on page 7 4. Center (DIC) on page 5‑22. ‑ page 3‑8. M. Power Door Locks on page 2 5. D. Cruise Control on page 9‑39. ‑ V. Storage Compartment. Hazard Warning Flashers on E. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑8. W. Shift Lever. See Automatic page 6‑3. Transmission on page 9 25 or F. Horn on page 5‑2. ‑ N. Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Manual Transmission on Driver Airbag. See Where Are page 9‑42. page 9‑29. the Airbags? on page 3‑29. O. Front Passenger Airbag. See X. Dual Automatic Climate Control G. Driver Information Center Where Are the Airbags? on System on page 8‑1. Display. See Driver Information page 3‑29. Y. Glove Box on page 4 1. Center (DIC) on page 5‑22. ‑ P. Hood Release. See Hood on H. Steering Wheel Controls on page 10‑5. page 5‑2. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive Remote Keyless Entry Press K to unlock the driver door or Information (RKE) System all doors. Press to lock all doors. This section provides a brief The RKE transmitter will work up to Q overview about some of the 20 m (65 ft) away from the vehicle. Lock and unlock feedback can be important features that may or may personalized. See Vehicle not be on your specific vehicle. Personalization on page 5‑31. For more detailed information, refer Press and hold V to open the to each of the features which can be trunk. found later in this owner manual. Press and release 7 to locate the vehicle. Press and hold 7 for at least two seconds to sound the panic alarm. Press 7 again to cancel the panic Press the key release button to alarm. extend the key blade. The key can See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote be used for the ignition and all Keyless Entry (RKE) System locks. Operation on page 2‑3. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

Door Locks Trunk Release Press the switch to lower the window. Pull the front of the switch To lock or unlock the door, use the To open the trunk, press V on the up to raise it. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or the key from outside See Power Windows on page 2‑12 transmitter or press the touchpad for additional information. the vehicle, and the door lock knob under the vehicle emblem. or switch from inside the vehicle. See Trunk on page 2‑7 for Seat Adjustment To unlock or lock the fuel door, use additional information. the RKE transmitter or the door lock Manual Seats switch from inside. Windows From inside the vehicle, pull the door handle once to unlock it and a second time to open it. See Door Locks on page 2‑4 for additional information. Power Door Locks The power door lock switch is located on the center of the instrument panel. K : Press to unlock the doors. Q : Press to lock the doors. A. Seatback Recline Lever See Vehicle Personalization on The power window switches are B. Height Adjustment Switch page 5‑31 for more information. located on the driver door. Each C. Seat Position Handle passenger door has a switch that controls only that window. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

To adjust the seat position: Power Seats To adjust a power seat, if equipped: 1. Pull the handle (C) under the . Move the seat forward or front of the seat cushion. rearward by sliding the 2. Slide the seat to the desired control (A) forward or rearward. position and release the handle. . Raise or lower the front or rear 3. Try to move the seat back and part of the seat cushion by forth to be sure it is locked in moving the front or rear of the place. control (A) up or down. . Press and hold the top or bottom of Raise or lower the entire seat by the switch (B) to raise or lower the moving the control (A) up seat. Release the switch when the or down. desired height is reached. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑5 for more information. To raise or recline the seatback, use A. Power Seat Adjustment Control the lever (A) on the outboard side of To raise or recline the seatback, tilt the seat. See Reclining Seatbacks B. Reclining Seatbacks the top of the control (B) forward or on page 3‑6. C. Lumbar Adjustment rearward. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6. Press the front or rear of the control (C) to increase or decrease lumbar support. See Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Heated Seats Head Restraint Safety Belts Heated Front Seats Adjustment Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback recline angle as little as necessary while keeping the seat and the head restraint height in the proper position. For more information see Head Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4. Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use The buttons are on the climate safety belts properly. control panel. To operate, the ignition must be on. . Safety Belts on page 3‑11. . How to Wear Safety Belts Press M or L to heat the driver or Properly on page 3 14. passenger seat cushion and ‑ seatback. Indicator lights on the . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑18. climate control display show the . Lower Anchors and Tethers for temperature setting. Children (LATCH System) on For more information see Heated page 3‑49. Front Seats on page 3‑8. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Sensing System for Mirror Adjustment Interior Mirror Passenger Airbag Exterior Mirrors The vehicle has an automatic dimming inside rearview mirror. Automatic dimming reduces the glare from the headlamps of the vehicle behind you. The dimming feature and the indicator light come on each time the ignition is turned to start. The passenger sensing system See Automatic Dimming Rearview turns off the right front passenger Mirror on page 2‑11. frontal airbag and the seat‐mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions. The driver airbags and roof‐rail airbags are not affected by the passenger sensing system. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Controls for the outside power mirrors are located on the on page 5‑12 for more information. driver door. The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the 1. Turn the control knob to the instrument panel when the vehicle L (left) or R (right) selecting the is started. driver or passenger mirror. 2. Push the control knob to the left, right, up, or down to adjust the mirror. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑11. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Adjustment Dome Lamps The interior lamps control located in the overhead console controls both the front and rear interior lamps. * : Turns the lamps off. 1 : Turns the lamps on when any door is opened. + : Keeps the lamps on all the time. Reading Lamps # $ : Press to turn each lamp on There are front and rear reading or off. lamps. The rear reading lamps are located To adjust the steering wheel: The front reading lamps are located in the headliner. 1. Pull the lever down. in the overhead console. For more information about interior 2. Move the steering wheel up, lamps, see: down, forward, and backward. . Dome Lamps on page 6‑5. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the . Reading Lamps on page 6 5. steering wheel in place. ‑ . Instrument Panel Illumination Do not adjust the steering wheel Control on page 6 4. while driving. ‑ Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Exterior Lighting AUTO: Automatically turns the Windshield Wiper/Washer exterior lamps on and off, depending on outside lighting. The current status of the AUTO system is displayed in the Driver Information Center (DIC) display. See Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑22. ; : Turns on the parking lamps, The windshield wiper lever is on the instrument panel lights, and other side of the steering column. exterior lighting. The exterior lamp control is located 2: Use for fast wipes. 2 : Turns on the headlamps, on the instrument panel on the 1: Use for slow wipes. outboard side of the steering wheel. parking lamps, instrument panel lights, and other exterior lighting. O : Turns off the exterior lamps. The knob returns to the AUTO For more information, see: position after it is released. Turn to . Exterior Lamp Controls on off again to reactivate the page 6‑1. AUTO mode. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) In Canada, the headlamps will on page 6‑2. automatically reactivate once the . vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. & : Turn the band up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. 9 : Use to turn the windshield wipers off. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

3 : For a single wipe, briefly move Climate Controls the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down. The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with these systems. Windshield Washer Pull the windshield wiper lever to spray windshield washer fluid and activate the wipers. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑3.

A. Air Conditioning G. Recirculation B. Driver and Passenger H. Fan Controls Temperature Controls I. AUTO (Automatic Mode) C. Heated Seats J. Rear Defogger D. Air Delivery Modes See Dual Automatic Climate Control E. Climate Display System on page 8‑1. F. Defrost Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Transmission Manual Mode Vehicle Features Automatic Transmission Move the selector lever from D (Drive) to the left. Press the shift Radio(s) lever forward (+) to upshift or 3 rearward (−) to downshift. O : Press to turn the system on and off. Turn to increase or The selector lever can only be decrease the volume. moved out of P (Park) when the ignition is on and the brake pedal RADIO/BAND: Press to choose is applied. To engage P (Park) or between FM, AM, or XM™, R (Reverse), push the release if equipped. button. Z : Turn to select radio See Automatic Transmission on stations. page 9‑25. s © : Press to seek the previous station or track. ¨ \ : Press to seek the next station or track. P: Park Buttons 1 to 6: Press to save and R: Reverse select favorite stations. N: Neutral INFO: Press to show available D: Drive information about the current station or track, or to display the time when the ignition is off. For more information about these and other radio features, see Operation on page 7‑4. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

Storing a Favorite Station 5. To save the time and return to Satellite Radio has a wide variety of the Time Settings menu, press programming and commercial-free Stations from all bands can be the BACK button at any time or music, coast to coast, and in stored in the favorite lists in any digital-quality sound. A fee is order. Up to six stations can be press the Z button after required to receive the XM service. stored in each favorite page and the adjusting the minutes. number of available favorite pages Setting the 12/24 Hour Format For more information refer to: can be set. . 1. Press the CONFIG button and www.xmradio.com or call To store the station to a position in select Time and Date Settings. 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.). the list, press the corresponding . 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. www.xmradio.ca or call numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep is 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). heard. The stored station will begin 3. Press the button to select playback. Z For more information, see Satellite the 12 hour or 24 hour display Radio on page 7‑10. For more information, see “Storing a format. Station as a Favorite in AM-FM ” For detailed instructions on setting Portable Audio Devices Radio on page 7 7. ‑ the clock, see Clock on page 5 5. ‑ Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm Setting the Clock (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB Satellite Radio port located in the center console. Adjusting the Time ® Vehicles with an XM Satellite External devices such as iPods , 1. Press the CONFIG button and ™ Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite laptop computers, MP3 players, CD select Time and Date Settings. Radio subscription can receive XM changers, and USB storage devices 2. Select Set Time. programming. may be connected, depending on the audio system. 3. Turn the Z knob to adjust XM Satellite Radio Service the highlighted number. For more information, see Auxiliary XM is a satellite radio service based Devices on page 7‑17. 4. Press the Z knob to select in the 48 contiguous United States the next number. and 10 Canadian provinces. XM Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

® Bluetooth Steering Wheel Controls $ / i : Press to silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again The Bluetooth system allows users to turn the sound on. For vehicles with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, to make and receive hands-free press to reject an incoming call, calls using the vehicle audio or to end a current call. system, microphone, and controls. SRC : Turn or to select a The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone _ ^ _ ^ radio band or audio source. must be paired with the in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it can be Turn _ or ^ to select the next or used in the vehicle. Not all phones previous favorite radio station, CD, will support all functions. or MP3 track. See Bluetooth (Overview) on Press SRC to change between page 7‑20 or Bluetooth radio and CD or DVD. (Infotainment Controls) on For vehicles with audio steering + x −: Press + to increase or − to page 7‑21 or Bluetooth (Voice wheel controls, some audio controls Recognition) on page 7‑23. can be adjusted at the steering decrease the volume. wheel. For more information, see Steering b / g : Press to interact with the Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. available Bluetooth, OnStar, or navigation system. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

Cruise Control RES/+ : Move the thumbwheel up See the navigation system manual to make the vehicle resume to a for more information. previously set speed or to accelerate to a higher speed. Driver Information SET/−: Move the thumbwheel down Center (DIC) to set a speed or to make the The DIC display is located in the vehicle decelerate. center of the instrument panel See Cruise Control on page 9‑39. cluster. It shows the status of many vehicle systems. The controls for Navigation System the DIC are located on the turn signal lever. If the vehicle has a navigation system, there is a separate Navigation System Manual that The cruise control buttons are includes information on the radio, located on the steering wheel. audio players, and navigation system. 1 : Press to turn the cruise control system on and off. An indicator light The navigation system provides will turn on or off in the instrument detailed maps of most major panel cluster. freeways and roads. After a SET/CLR: Press to set or clear the destination has been set, the menu item when it is displayed. * : Press to disengage cruise system provides turn-by-turn control without erasing the set instructions for reaching the w x : Use the thumbwheel to speed from memory. destination. In addition, the system scroll through the items in can help locate a variety of points of each menu. interest (POIs), such as banks, airports, restaurants, and more. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

MENU: Press to get to the Trip/ Ultrasonic Parking Assist The vehicle may have a 110v power Fuel Menu and the Vehicle outlet located on the rear of the Information Menu. Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist center floor console. (URPA) uses sensors on the rear For more information, see Driver bumper to detect objects while Open the protective cover to use the Information Center (DIC) on parking the vehicle. It operates at outlets. page 5 22. ‑ speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). See Power Outlets on page 5‑5. URPA uses audio beeps to provide Vehicle Personalization distance and system information. Sunroof Some vehicle features can be Keep the sensors on the vehicle's programmed by using the audio rear bumper clean to ensure proper system controls. These features operation. include: The system can be disabled by . Climate and Air Quality pressing the park assist button . Comfort and Convenience located next to the radio. . Collision/Detection Systems See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑42 for more information. . Language . Lighting Power Outlets . Power Door Locks The accessory power outlet can be . Remote Lock/Unlock used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone, an MP3 On vehicles with a sunroof, the See Vehicle Personalization on player, etc. switch is located on the overhead page 5‑31. This outlet is located under the console. armrest inside the center console storage. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

The sunroof only operates when the To automatically tilt or close the Performance and ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ sunroof with the safety function ACCESSORY or in Retained enabled, press the tilt open or close Maintenance Accessory Power (RAP). See sunroof switch (B). Retained Accessory Power (RAP) If an object is in the path of the Traction Control on page 9‑21 for more information. sunroof while it is closing, the System (TCS) To open or close the sunroof , press anti-pinch feature will detect the the open or close sunroof switch (A) object and stop the sunroof from The vehicle may have a traction to the first detent position. The closing at the point of the control system that limits wheel safety function will stay enabled as obstruction. The sunroof will then spin. The system turns on long as the switch is operated. return to the full-open or vent automatically every time the vehicle is started. To automatically open or close the position. . sunroof with the safety function The sunroof glass panel cannot be To turn off traction control, press enabled, firmly press the open or opened or closed if the vehicle has and release the TCS/StabiliTrak close sunroof switch (A) to the an electrical failure. button, located on the instrument panel. i illuminates and the second detent position and release. See Sunroof on page 2 15 for more ‑ appropriate DIC message is To stop the movement, press the information. switch once more. displayed. See Ride Control System Messages on page 5‑29. . Press and release the TCS/ StabiliTrak button again to turn on traction control. For more information, see Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑34. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor indicator that the tire pressures are getting low and the tires need to be The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire inflated to the proper pressure. directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). difficult driving conditions. The The TPMS does not replace normal system turns on automatically every monthly tire maintenance. It is the time the vehicle is started. driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressures. . To turn off both traction control and StabiliTrak, press and hold See Tire Pressure Monitor System the TCS/StabiliTrak button, on page 10‑51. located on the instrument panel, until i and g illuminate in the The TPMS warning light alerts you Engine Oil Life System instrument cluster and the to a significant loss in pressure of The engine oil life system calculates appropriate DIC message is one of the vehicle's tires. If the engine oil life based on vehicle use displayed. See Ride Control warning light comes on, stop as and displays the CHANGE ENGINE soon as possible and inflate the System Messages on page 5‑29. OIL SOON message when it is time tires to the recommended pressure . Press and release the TCS/ to change the engine oil and filter. shown on the Tire and Loading The oil life system should be reset StabiliTrak button to turn on both Information label. See Vehicle Load systems. to 100% only following an oil Limits on page 9‑12. The warning change. For more information, see light will remain on until the tire StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑36. pressure is corrected. Resetting the Oil Life System During cooler conditions, the low tire 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with pressure warning light may appear the engine off. when the vehicle is first started and 2. Press the DIC menu button on then turn off. This may be an early the turn signal lever to enter the Vehicle Information Menu. Use Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

the thumbwheel to scroll through Driving for Better Fuel . Replace the vehicle's tires with the menu items until you reach the same TPC Spec number REMAINING OIL LIFE. Economy molded into the tire's sidewall near the size. 3. Press the SET/CLR button to Driving habits can affect fuel reset the oil life at 100%. mileage. Here are some driving tips . Follow recommended scheduled to get the best fuel economy maintenance. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. possible. See Engine Oil Life System on . Avoid fast starts and accelerate Roadside Assistance page 10‑13. smoothly. Program . Brake gradually and avoid U.S.: 1-800-252-1112 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) abrupt stops. Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438 . Avoid idling the engine for long and a yellow fuel cap can use either periods of time. Canada: 1-800-268-6800 unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel As the owner of a new Buick, you containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). . When road and weather are automatically enrolled in the See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on conditions are appropriate, use Roadside Assistance program. page 9‑47. For all other vehicles, cruise control. use only the unleaded gasoline . Always follow posted speed See Roadside Assistance Program described under Recommended limits or drive more slowly when on page 13‑5 for more information. Fuel on page 9 44. ‑ conditions require. Roadside Assistance and OnStar . Keep vehicle tires properly If you have an active OnStar inflated. subscription, press the Q button . Combine several trips into a and the current GPS location will be single trip. sent to an OnStar Advisor who will assess your problem, contact Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

Roadside Assistance, and relay Advisors to provide a wide range of Automatic Crash Response, your exact location to get the help safety, security, navigation, Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, you need. diagnostics, and calling services. Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, Online Owner Center Automatic Crash Response Roadside Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn The Online Owner Center is a In a crash, built‐in sensors Navigation, and Hands‐Free Calling complimentary service that includes automatically alert an OnStar are available on most vehicles. Not online service reminders, vehicle Advisor who is immediately all OnStar services are available on maintenance tips, online owner connected to the vehicle to see if all vehicles. For more information, manual, special privileges, you need help. see the OnStar Owner's Guide; and more. visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) or How OnStar Service Works Sign up today at: www.onstar.ca (Canada); contact www.buickownercenter.com Q : Push this blue button to OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada). connect to a specially trained (1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY OnStar Advisor to verify your 1‐877‐248‐2080; or push the Q OnStar® account information and to answer button to speak with an OnStar questions. Advisor 24 hours a day, seven days ] : Push this red emergency a week. button to get priority help from For a full description of OnStar specially trained OnStar Emergency services and system limitations, see Advisors. the OnStar Owner's Guide in the X : Push this button for hands‐free, glove box. voice‐activated calling and to give OnStar service is subject to the For vehicles with an active OnStar voice commands for Hands‐Free OnStar Terms and Conditions subscription, OnStar uses several Calling and Turn‐by‐Turn included in the OnStar Glove innovative technologies and live Navigation. Box Kit. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

OnStar service requires wireless with all government regulations. On some vehicles, the Talk button communication networks and the If you try to add, connect, or modify can be used to dial numbers into Global Positioning System (GPS) any equipment or software in the voice mail systems, or to dial phone satellite network. Not all OnStar vehicle, OnStar service may not extensions. See the OnStar Owner's services are available everywhere work. Other problems beyond Guide for more information. or on all vehicles at all times. OnStar's control may prevent Your Responsibility OnStar service cannot work unless service to you, such as hills, tall the vehicle is in a place where buildings, tunnels, weather, Increase the volume of the radio if OnStar has an agreement with a electrical system design and the OnStar Advisor cannot be wireless service provider for service architecture of the vehicle, damage heard. to important parts of the vehicle in a in that area, and the wireless If the light next to the OnStar crash, or wireless phone network service provider has coverage, buttons is red, the system may not congestion or jamming. network capacity, reception, and be functioning properly. Push Q technology compatible with OnStar See Radio Frequency Statement on and request a vehicle diagnostic service. Service involving location page 13‑15 for information check. If the light appears clear information about the vehicle cannot regarding Part 15 of the Federal (no light appears), your OnStar work unless GPS signals are Communications Commission (FCC) subscription has expired and all available, unobstructed, and rules and Industry Canada services have been deactivated. compatible with the OnStar Standards RSS-210/220/310. Q hardware. The vehicle must have a Push to confirm that the OnStar working electrical system and OnStar Steering Wheel equipment is active. adequate battery power for the Controls OnStar equipment to operate. This vehicle may have a Talk/Mute OnStar service may not work if the button that can be used to interact OnStar equipment is not properly with OnStar Hands-Free calling. installed or you have not maintained See Steering Wheel Controls on it even if the vehicle is in good page 5‑2 for more information. working order and in compliance Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

2 NOTES Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors and Trunk ...... 2-7 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror ...... 2-11 Windows Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 2-9 Windows Keys and Locks Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 2-9 Windows ...... 2-12 Immobilizer ...... 2-9 Power Windows ...... 2-12 Keys ...... 2-2 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-9 Sun Visors ...... 2-14 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Exterior Mirrors Roof Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Convex Mirrors ...... 2-10 Sunroof ...... 2-15 System Operation ...... 2-3 Power Mirrors ...... 2-11 Door Locks ...... 2-4 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-11 Power Door Locks ...... 2-5 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-11 Safety Locks ...... 2-6 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks Keys

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons. Children or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls The key that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE or even make the vehicle move. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can transmitter to extend the key. Press The windows will function with the be used for the ignition and all the button and the key blade to keys in the ignition and children locks. retract the key. could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing See your dealer if a new key is window. Do not leave the keys in needed. a vehicle with children. Notice: If the keys get locked in the vehicle, it may have to be damaged to get them out. Always carry a spare key. If you are locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Assistance Program on page 13‑5. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry indicate locking; see “Remote (RKE) System (RKE) System Operation Lock Feedback” under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑31. See Radio Frequency Statement on The RKE transmitter will work up to The fuel door will be locked when page 13‑15 for information 20 m (65 ft) away from the vehicle. the doors are locked. regarding Part 15 of the Federal There are other conditions which Communications Commission (FCC) can affect the performance of the If any door is open when Q is rules and Industry Canada transmitter. See Remote Keyless pressed, all doors lock. These Standards RSS-210/220/310. Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑3. settings can be modified. See If there is a decrease in the RKE “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out” operating range: under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑31. . Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far Pressing Q may also arm the from the vehicle. theft-deterrent system. See Anti-theft Alarm System on . Check the location. Other page 2 9. vehicles or objects may be ‑ blocking the signal. K (Unlock): Press to unlock the driver door or all doors; see . Check the transmitter's battery. Remote Door Unlock under See Battery Replacement later “ ” “ ” Vehicle Personalization on in this section. page 5‑31. The turn signal . If the transmitter is still not indicators flash to indicate unlocking working correctly, see your The following buttons are on the has occurred. For more information dealer or a qualified technician transmitter: see “Remote Unlock Light for service. Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. Feedback” under Vehicle The turn signal indicators may flash Personalization on page 5‑31. and/or the horn may sound to Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

Pressing K may also disarm the Programming Transmitters to Door Locks theft-deterrent system. See the Vehicle Anti-theft Alarm System on Only RKE transmitters programmed { WARNING page 2‑9. to this vehicle will work. If a V (Remote Trunk Release): transmitter is lost or stolen, a Unlocked doors can be dangerous. Press and hold V to open the replacement can be purchased and trunk. programmed through your dealer. . Passengers, especially 7 When the replacement transmitter is children, can easily open the (Vehicle Locator/Panic programmed to this vehicle, all doors and fall out of a moving Alarm): Press and release one remaining transmitters must also be vehicle. The chance of being time to locate the vehicle. The reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen thrown out of the vehicle in a exterior lamps flash and the horn transmitters will no longer work crash is increased if the chirps. Press and hold 7 for at least once the new transmitter is doors are not locked. So, all two seconds to sound the panic programmed. See your dealer to passengers should wear alarm. The horn sounds and the have new transmitters programmed. safety belts properly and the turn signals flash until 7 is pressed Battery Replacement doors should be locked again, or the key is placed in the whenever the vehicle is ignition and turned to ON/RUN. Replace the battery if the REPLACE driven. BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY . message displays in the DIC. See Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be “Replace Battery in Remote Key” under Key and Lock Messages on unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat page 5‑29. and can suffer permanent The battery is not rechargeable. injuries or even death from See your dealer to replace the heat stroke. Always lock the battery. vehicle whenever leaving it. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

From inside the vehicle with the Power Door Locks WARNING (Continued) doors locked, pull once on the door handle to unlock it, and a second . Outsiders can easily enter time to open it. through an unlocked door when slowing or stopping the Manually locking the driver door vehicle. Lock the doors to also automatically locks all other help prevent this from doors. happening. For more information see: . Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) To lock and unlock the door, use the System Operation on page 2‑3. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or the key from the . Power Door Locks on page 2‑5. outside, and the door lock knob or . Vehicle Personalization on switch from the inside. page 5‑31. To unlock or lock the fuel door, use K (Unlock): Press to unlock all the RKE transmitter or the door lock doors. switch from the inside. Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. See “Power Door Locks” in Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑31. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Safety Locks Power Safety Locks Manual Safety Locks The vehicle may have power safety locks or manual safety locks. Power safety locks will lock the rear windows and not allow the rear doors to be opened from the inside. Manual safety locks do not allow the rear doors to be opened from the inside.

Press v to activate the safety locks Open the rear doors to access the on the rear doors. The LED will safety locks on the inside edge of illuminate. each door. To manually set the locks, insert a key into the slot and This switch also disables the power turn it to the horizontal position. the window controls on the rear doors door can only be opened from the Press v again to deactivate the outside with the door unlocked. To safety locks on the rear doors. The return the door to normal operation, turn the slot to the vertical position. LED will turn off. If the LED flashes, the feature may not be working properly. See “Rear Window Lockout” under Power Windows on page 2‑12. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

Trunk Release Doors WARNING (Continued) Trunk . Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See Climate vehicle if it is driven with the Control System in the Index. liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with . If the vehicle has a power any objects that pass through the liftgate, disable the power seal between the body and the liftgate function. To open the trunk, press the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine For more information about touchpad (A) under the vehicle exhaust contains Carbon carbon monoxide, see Engine emblem. Monoxide (CO) which cannot be Exhaust on page 9‑24. seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: . Close all of the windows. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice: Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie-down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle. The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk, enabling them to open the trunk from the inside. To close the trunk, use the pull There is an emergency trunk cup (A) as an aid. release handle located inside the trunk on the trunk latch. On some Remote Trunk Release vehicles, the release handle can be To open the trunk, press V on the accessed by folding the rear seat Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) center seatback. See Rear Seats on transmitter. page 3‑9. Pull the release handle to open the trunk from the inside. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

Vehicle Security Disarming the System Immobilizer Operation This vehicle has theft-deterrent To disarm the system press K on This vehicle has a passive features; however, they do not the RKE transmitter. theft-deterrent system. make it impossible to steal. Turning off the System Alarm The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed. Anti-theft Alarm System If there is an attempt to open the doors, trunk, or hood without first The vehicle is automatically This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm K immobilized when the key is system. pressing on the transmitter or removed from the ignition. unlocking the driver door with the Arming the System key, the system alarm will be The system is automatically activated. The exterior lamps will disarmed when the vehicle is To arm the system, close all of the started with the correct key. The key windows and doors and then either: flash and the horn will sound for about 30 seconds. uses a transponder that matches an immobilizer control unit in the . Press Q on the RKE transmitter. To turn off the system alarm press K vehicle and automatically disarms . Lock the vehicle using the key in Q or on the RKE transmitter. the system. Only an authorized key the driver door. starts the vehicle. The vehicle may The alarm arms after about Immobilizer not start if the key is damaged. 30 seconds. See Radio Frequency Statement on The security light, located in the page 13‑15 for information center of the instrument panel, will regarding Part 15 of the Federal flash slowly. Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada Press Q again and the system arms Standards RSS-210/220/310. immediately. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

If the engine does not start and the Exterior Mirrors security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the ignition off and try again. Convex Mirrors If the engine still does not start, and the key appears to be undamaged { WARNING The security light, located in the or the light continues to stay on, try A convex mirror can make things, instrument panel cluster, comes on another ignition key. If the engine like other vehicles, look farther if there is a problem with arming or does not start with the other key, the away than they really are. If you disarming the theft-deterrent vehicle needs service. If the vehicle cut too sharply into the right lane, system. does start, the first key may be damaged. See your dealer who can you could hit a vehicle on the When trying to start the vehicle, the right. Check the inside mirror or security light comes on briefly when service the theft-deterrent system and have a new key made. glance over your shoulder before the ignition is turned on. changing lanes. Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Interior Mirrors Manual Foldaway Mirrors Automatic Dimming The vehicle has manual folding mirrors. These mirrors can be folded Rearview Mirror inward to prevent damage when The vehicle has an automatic going through an automatic car dimming inside rearview mirror. wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward Automatic dimming reduces the the vehicle. Push the mirror outward glare from the headlamps of the to return it to the original position. vehicle behind you. Vehicles with OnStar® have three Heated Mirrors control buttons located at the The vehicle has heated mirrors: bottom of the mirror. See your dealer for more information about (Rear Window Defogger): Controls for the outside power < OnStar and how to subscribe to it. Press to heat the mirrors. mirrors are located on the See the OnStar Owner's Guide for driver door. See “Rear Window Defogger” under more information about the services Dual Automatic Climate Control OnStar provides. 1. Turn the control knob to the System on page 8 1 for more L (left) or R (right) selecting the ‑ information. Cleaning the Mirror driver or passenger mirror. Do not spray glass cleaner directly 2. Push the control knob to the left, on the mirror. Use a soft towel right, up, or down to adjust the dampened with water. mirror. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Windows Power Windows

{ WARNING

Leaving children, helpless adults, or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy the windows closed in warm or performance. This may result in a hot weather. The power window switches located pulsing sound when either rear on the driver door control all four window is down and the front windows. The passenger doors windows are up. To reduce the have a window switch that controls sound, open either a front window that window. Push the switch down or the sunroof (if equipped). to open the window. Pull the front of the switch up to close it. The switches work when the ignition is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory Power (RAP). See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑21. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

Express Window Operation Rear Window Lockout with restore power to the rear windows, press the button again. The light on Windows with an express-up or Power Safety Locks the button goes out. If the light down feature allow the front flashes, the feature may not be windows to be lowered or raised working properly. without holding the switch. Rear windows only have express down. Rear Window Lockout without Pull a window switch up or push it Power Safety Locks down all the way, release it, and the window goes up or down automatically. Stop the window by pushing or pulling the switch.

For vehicles with power safety locks, the rear window lockout button is on the driver door. Press v to disable the rear window controls and turn on the rear door power safety locks. The light on the button comes on indicating the For vehicles without power safety feature is in use. The rear windows locks, the rear window lockout can still be raised or lowered using switch is on the driver door. This the driver window switches when feature prevents the rear passenger the lockout feature is active. To windows from operating, except from the driver position. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

Press v to activate the rear window To program each front window, Sun Visors lockout switch. A LED comes on follow these steps: when activated. 1. With the ignition in ACC/ ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, Press v again to deactivate the or when Retained Accessory lockout switch. Power (RAP) is active. If the LED flashes, the feature may 2. Press and hold the power not be working properly. window switch until the window Programming the Power is fully open. Windows 3. Pull the power window switch up If the battery on the vehicle has until the window is fully closed. been recharged, disconnected, or is 4. Continue holding the switch up not working, you will need to for approximately two seconds reprogram each front power window after the window is completely Pull the sun visor down to block for the express-up feature to work. closed. glare. Detach the sun visor from the Before reprogramming, replace or The window is now reprogrammed. center mount to pivot to the side recharge the vehicle's battery. Repeat the process for the other window, or to extend along the rod, windows. if available. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

Roof To open or close the sunroof, press the open or close sunroof switch (A) Sunroof to the first detent position. To express open or close the sunroof with the safety function enabled, press the open or close sunroof switch (A) to the second detent position and release. To stop the movement, press the switch again. Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This To automatically tilt or close the could cause an issue with sunroof sunroof, press the tilt open or close operation, noise, or plugging within sunroof switch (B). the water drainage system. If an object is in the path of the Periodically open the sunroof and sunroof while it is closing, the remove any obstacles or loose anti-pinch feature will detect the debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and On vehicles with a sunroof, the object and stop the sunroof. roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not switches are on the overhead The sunroof glass panel cannot be remove grease from the sunroof. console. opened or closed if the vehicle has The sunroof only operates when an electrical failure. the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY or in Retained Accessory Power (RAP). See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑21 for more information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

Sunshade Initializing the Sunroof To initialize the sunroof: The sunshade is manually operated. If the sunroof cannot be fully closed, 1. Press the close sunroof switch Close or open the sunshade by or the express open or close feature to the first detent position. Hold sliding. When the sunroof is does not function, the sunroof may the switch in this position for opened, the sunshade is need to be initialized. This can 10 seconds after the sunroof has always open. happen if the battery has been fully closed. disconnected or the sunroof has Safety Function 2. Press the open sunroof switch to been serviced. the first detent position. Release If the sunroof has any resistance the switch when the sunroof is during automatic closing, it will fully opened. immediately stop and reverse. 3. Press the open sunroof switch to To override the safety function, the first detent position and hold press and hold the close sunroof for 10 seconds. The sunroof will switch. The sunroof closes without automatically close. The switch the safety function. To stop the can be released when the movement, release the switch. sunroof stops. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing Seats and Safety Belts ...... 3-11 System ...... 3-34 Restraints How to Wear Safety Belts Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Properly ...... 3-14 Vehicle ...... 3-38 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-18 Adding Equipment to the Head Restraints Safety Belt Use During Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-38 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Pregnancy ...... 3-25 Airbag System Check ...... 3-39 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-25 Replacing Airbag System Front Seats Safety System Check ...... 3-26 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-40 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Safety Belt Care ...... 3-26 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-5 Replacing Safety Belt System Child Restraints Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-26 Older Children ...... 3-40 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Infants and Young Heated Front Seats ...... 3-8 Airbag System Children ...... 3-43 Airbag System ...... 3-27 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-45 Rear Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-29 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-48 Rear Seats ...... 3-9 When Should an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers Rear Seat Inflate? ...... 3-30 for Children (LATCH Pass-Through Door ...... 3-10 What Makes an Airbag System) ...... 3-49 Inflate? ...... 3-32 Replacing LATCH System How Does an Airbag Parts After a Crash ...... 3-57 Restrain? ...... 3-32 Securing Child Restraints What Will You See after an (Rear Seat) ...... 3-57 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-32 Securing Child Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-59 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints { WARNING The vehicle's front seats have adjustable head restraints in the With head restraints that are not outboard seating positions. installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that The vehicle's rear seats have occupants will suffer a neck/ adjustable head restraints in the spinal injury in a crash. Do not outboard seating positions. drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant's head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Front Seat Rear Seat Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see “Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑49.

To raise or lower the head restraint, Pull the head restraint up to raise it. press the release button located on To lower the head restraint, press the side of the head restraint and the release button, located on the pull up or push the head restraint head restraint post on the top of the down and release the button. seatback, while you push the head Pull and push on the head restraint restraint down. after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front head restraints are not designed to be removed. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

To adjust the seat position: Front Seats { WARNING 1. Pull the handle under the front of Seat Adjustment You can lose control of the the seat cushion. vehicle if you try to adjust a Seat Position 2. Slide the seat to the desired manual driver seat while the position and release the handle. vehicle is moving. The sudden 3. Try to move the seat back and movement could startle and forth to be sure it is locked in confuse you, or make you push a place. pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Height Adjustment Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment

Press and hold the top or bottom of To adjust a power seat: To adjust the lumbar support: the switch to raise or lower the seat. Release the switch when the . Move the seat forward or . Press and hold the front or rear desired height is reached. rearward by sliding the control of the control to increase or forward or rearward. decrease lumbar support. . Raise or lower the front part of . Press and hold the top or bottom the seat cushion by moving the of the control to raise or lower front of the control up or down. lumbar support. . Raise or lower the entire seat by Release the control when the moving the entire control up desired level of support is reached. or down. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (Continued) { WARNING The lap belt cannot do its job Sitting in a reclined position when either. In a crash, the belt could the vehicle is in motion can be go up over your abdomen. The dangerous. Even when buckled belt forces would be there, not at up, the safety belts cannot do your pelvic bones. This could their job when reclined like this. cause serious internal injuries. The shoulder belt cannot do its For proper protection when the job because it will not be against vehicle is in motion, have the your body. Instead, it will be in seatback upright. Then sit well Do not have a seatback reclined if front of you. In a crash, you could back in the seat and wear the the vehicle is moving. go into it, receiving neck or other safety belt properly. injuries. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Manual Reclining Seatbacks To recline the seatback: Power Reclining Seatbacks 1. Lift the lever. { WARNING 2. Move the seatback to the If either seatback is not locked, it desired position, and then could move forward in a sudden release the lever to lock the stop or crash. That could cause seatback in place. injury to the person sitting there. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to Always push and pull on the make sure it is locked. seatbacks to be sure they are To return the seatback to the upright locked. position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. To adjust a power seatback, if equipped: 2. Push and pull on the seatback to . make sure it is locked. Tilt the top of the control rearward to recline. . Tilt the top of the control forward to raise. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Heated Front Seats Press M or L to heat the driver or passenger seat cushion and { WARNING seatback. Indicator lights on the climate control display show the If you cannot feel temperature current setting. change or pain to the skin, the Press the button once for the seat heater may cause burns highest setting. With each press of even at low temperatures. To the button, the heated seat will reduce the risk of burns, people change to the next lower setting, with such a condition should use and then to the off setting. The care when using the seat heater, lights indicate three for the highest especially for long periods of setting and one for the lowest. time. Do not place anything on The buttons are on the climate the seat that insulates against control panel. To operate, the heat, such as a blanket, cushion, ignition must be on. cover, or similar item. This may cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Rear Seats To fold the seatback down: Folding the Seatback Either side of the seatback can be folded down for more cargo space. Fold a seatback only when the vehicle is not moving. Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position 2. Pull on the lever on the top of before folding a rear seat. the seatback to unlock it. 1. Be sure the safety belt is in the A tab near the seatback lever retainer clip. raises when the seatback is unlocked. 3. Fold the seatback down. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for the other seatback, if desired. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Raising the Seatback To raise a seatback: Rear Seat 1. Lift the seatback up and push Pass-Through Door { WARNING it rearward to lock it in place. Make sure the safety belt is in If either seatback is not locked, it the retainer clip and is not could move forward in a sudden twisted or caught in the stop or crash. That could cause seatback. injury to the person sitting there. A tab near the seatback lever Always push and pull on the retracts when the seatback is seatbacks to be sure they are locked in place. locked. 2. Push and pull the top of the seatback to be sure it is locked into position. { WARNING 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other seatback, if necessary. A safety belt that is improperly The vehicle may have a door in the routed, not properly attached, When the seat is not in use, it rear seat that provides access to the or twisted will not provide the should be kept in the upright, locked trunk. position. protection needed in a crash. The Lower the rear seat armrest to person wearing the belt could be access the pass-through door. Pull seriously injured. After raising the the release handle to open the door. rear seatback, always check to To close, push and latch the door. be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and The vehicle may have a lock knob on the pass-through door. Turn the are not twisted. lock knob from the trunk side of the door to lock or unlock the door. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Safety Belts In most states and in all Canadian { WARNING provinces, the law requires wearing This section of the manual safety belts. Here is why: describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride You never know if you will be in a properly. It also describes some in a cargo area, inside or outside crash. If you do have a crash, you things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more do not know if it will be a serious one. { WARNING likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride A few crashes are mild, and some Do not let anyone ride where a in any area of your vehicle that is crashes can be so serious that even safety belt cannot be worn not equipped with seats and buckled up, a person would not properly. In a crash, if you or your safety belts. Be sure everyone in survive. But most crashes are in passenger(s) are not wearing the vehicle is in a seat and using between. In many of them, people safety belts, the injuries can be a safety belt properly. who buckle up can survive and much worse. You can hit things sometimes walk away. Without safety belts they could have been inside the vehicle harder or be This vehicle has indicators as a badly hurt or killed. ejected from the vehicle. You reminder to buckle the safety belts. and your passenger(s) can be See Safety Belt Reminders on After more than 40 years of safety seriously injured or killed. In the page 5‑11 for additional information. belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. same crash, you might not be, In most crashes buckling up does if you are buckled up. Always matter ... a lot! fasten your safety belt, and check that your passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it goes.

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider does not stop.

Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it is just a seat on wheels. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does. You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance, and your strongest bones take the forces. That is why safety belts make such good sense. Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt? The person keeps going until or the instrument panel... A: You could be — whether you are stopped by something. In a real wearing a safety belt or not. But vehicle, it could be the windshield... your chance of being conscious during and after an accident, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted. And you can unbuckle a safety belt, even if you are upside down.

or the safety belts! Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Most accidents occur within Occupants who are not buckled up should I have to wear safety 40 km (25 mi) of home. And the can be thrown out of the vehicle in a belts? greatest number of serious crash. And they can strike others in A: Airbags are supplemental injuries and deaths occur at the vehicle who are wearing safety systems only; so they work with speeds of less than 65 km/h belts. (40 mph). safety belts — not instead of First, before you or your them. Whether or not an airbag Safety belts are for everyone. passenger(s) wear a safety belt, is provided, all occupants still there is important information you have to buckle up to get the How to Wear Safety Belts should know. most protection. That is true not Properly only in frontal collisions, but especially in side and other This section is only for people of collisions. adult size. Q: If I am a good driver, and I Be aware that there are special never drive far from home, things to know about safety belts why should I wear safety and children. And there are different belts? rules for smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the A: You may be an excellent driver, vehicle, see Older Children on but if you are in a crash even — page 3‑40 or Infants and Young one that is not your fault you — Children on page 3‑43. Follow those and your passenger(s) can be rules for everyone's protection. hurt. Being a good driver does not protect you from things It is very important for all occupants Sit up straight and always keep your beyond your control, such as to buckle up. Statistics show that feet on the floor in front of you. The bad drivers. unbelted people are hurt more often lap part of the belt should be worn in crashes than those who are low and snug on the hips, just wearing safety belts. touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

bones and you would be less likely A: The shoulder belt is too loose. A: The lap belt is too loose. It will to slide under the lap belt. If you slid It will not give as much not give nearly as much under it, the belt would apply force protection this way. protection this way. on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The { WARNING { WARNING shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. You can be seriously hurt if the You can be seriously hurt if the These parts of the body are best shoulder belt is too loose. In a lap belt is too loose. In a crash, able to take belt restraining forces. crash, you would move forward you could slide under the lap The shoulder belt locks if there is a too much, which could increase belt and apply force on your sudden stop or crash. injury. The shoulder belt should fit abdomen. This could cause snugly against your body. serious or even fatal injuries. The Q: What is wrong with this? lap belt should be worn low and Q: What is wrong with this? snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

the pelvic bones. This could You can be seriously injured if the cause serious internal injuries. belt goes over an armrest like Always buckle the belt into the this. The belt would be much too buckle nearest you. high. In a crash, you can slide under the belt. The belt force would then be applied on the Q: What is wrong with this? abdomen, not on the pelvic bones, and that could cause serious or fatal injuries. Be sure the belt goes under the armrests.

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured if the belt is buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash, the belt would go up over your abdomen. The A: The belt is over an armrest. belt forces would be there, not on (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Q: What is wrong with this? WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

belt would apply too much force You can be seriously injured by to the ribs, which are not as not wearing the lap-shoulder belt strong as shoulder bones. You properly. In a crash, you would could also severely injure internal not be restrained by the shoulder organs like your liver or spleen. belt. Your body could move too The shoulder belt should go over far forward increasing the chance the shoulder and across the of head and neck injury. You chest. might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be Q: What is wrong with this? applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal A: The shoulder belt is worn under injuries. The shoulder belt should the arm. It should be worn over go over the shoulder and across the shoulder at all times. the chest.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your body would move too far forward, which would increase the chance of head and neck injury. Also, the (Continued) A: The belt is behind the body. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very All seating positions in the vehicle quickly. If this happens, let the have a lap-shoulder belt. belt go back slightly to unlock it. The following instructions explain Then pull the belt across you how to wear a lap-shoulder belt more slowly. properly. If the shoulder portion of a 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out all adjustable, so you can sit up the way, the child restraint straight. To see how, see “Seats” locking feature may be engaged. in the Index. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again.

A: The belt is twisted across the body.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In a crash, you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted, make it straight so it can work properly, or ask your 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull dealer to fix it. the belt across you. Do not let it 3. Push the latch plate into the get twisted. buckle until it clicks. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑25. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” later in this section for 4. To make the lap part tight, pull To unlatch the belt, push the button instructions on use and up on the shoulder belt. on the buckle. The belt should important safety information. It may be necessary to pull return to its stowed position. stitching on the safety belt Before a door is closed, be sure the through the latch plate to fully safety belt is out of the way. If a tighten the lap belt on smaller door is slammed against a safety occupants. belt, damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Safety Belt Pretensioners The vehicle has a shoulder belt This vehicle has safety belt height adjuster for the driver and pretensioners for front outboard right front passenger seating occupants. Although the safety belt positions. pretensioners cannot be seen, they Adjust the height so the shoulder are part of the safety belt assembly. portion of the belt is on the shoulder They can help tighten the safety and not falling off of it. The belt belts during the early stages of a should be close to, but not moderate to severe frontal, near contacting, the neck. Improper frontal, or rear crash if the threshold shoulder belt height adjustment conditions for pretensioner could reduce the effectiveness of activation are met. the safety belt in a crash. See How Press the release button (A) and And, if the vehicle has side impact to Wear Safety Belts Properly on move the height adjuster to the airbags, safety belt pretensioners desired position. The adjuster can page 3‑14. can help tighten the safety belts in a be moved up by pushing the slide/ side crash or a rollover event. trim up. After the adjuster is set to the desired position, try to move it Pretensioners work only once. If the down without pushing the release pretensioners activate in a crash, button to make sure it has locked they will need to be replaced, and into position. probably other new parts for the vehicle's safety belt system. See Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash on page 3‑26. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Adjustable Safety Belt Comfort To install the adjustable safety belt Guides Guide comfort guide to the seatback and the safety belt: Rear safety belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head. This vehicle may come with either an adjustable comfort guide or comfort guides sewn into the side of the rear outboard seatback. On vehicles with the adjustable comfort guide, one guide is 1. Locate the anchorage loop provided. Additional adjustable between the rear outboard comfort guides are available through seatback and seat bolster, your dealer. near the top. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

2. Attach the adjustable comfort 3. Place the guide over the belt, 4. Be sure that the belt is not guide to the anchor loop by and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The threading the hook through belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the the loop. belt and the guide on top. 5. The elastic cord on the comfort guide is adjustable. You can make it longer or shorter by squeezing both ends of the plastic adjuster and pulling on the elastic cord or the guide. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

6. Adjust the guide so the shoulder Sewn‐in Safety Belt Comfort portion of the belt is on the Guide shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Improper comfort guide adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly 7. Buckle, position, and release worn may not provide the the safety belt as described protection needed in a crash. The previously in this section. Make person wearing the belt could be sure that the shoulder belt On vehicles with the sewn‐in seriously injured. The shoulder crosses the shoulder. comfort guide, there is one guide for belt should go over the shoulder each outboard passenger position in and across the chest. These parts To remove and store the comfort the rear seat. of the body are best able to take guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt belt restraining forces. can be removed from the guide. Un-hook the guide from the loop on the seat. Store the guide in a convenient place like the glove box for the next time it is needed. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

To install a comfort guide to the safety belt: WARNING (Continued) 1. Remove the guide from its and across the chest. These parts storage pocket on the side of of the body are best able to take the seat. belt restraining forces.

3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat. The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top.

{ WARNING 2. Place the guide over the belt, A safety belt that is not properly and insert the two edges of the 4. Buckle, position, and release belt into the slots of the guide. worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The the safety belt as described person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the seriously injured. The shoulder belt is on the shoulder and not belt should go over the shoulder falling off of it. The belt should (Continued) be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

To remove and store the comfort Safety Belt Extender guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten be removed from the guide. Store around you, you should use it. the guide in its storage pocket on But if a safety belt is not long the side of the seatback. enough, your dealer will order you an extender. When you go in to Safety Belt Use During order it, take the heaviest coat you Pregnancy will wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid Safety belts work for everyone, personal injury, do not let someone including pregnant women. Like all else use it, and use it only for the occupants, they are more likely to A pregnant woman should wear a seat it is made to fit. The extender be seriously injured if they do not has been designed for adults. Never wear safety belts. lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as use it for securing child seats. To possible, below the rounding, wear it, attach it to the regular safety throughout the pregnancy. belt. For more information, see the instruction sheet that comes with The best way to protect the fetus is the extender. to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Safety System Check Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts after a belt reminder light, safety belts, Crash buckles, latch plates, retractors, and { WARNING anchorages are working properly. { WARNING Look for any other loose or Do not bleach or dye safety belts. damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety that might keep a safety belt system a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. from doing its job. See your dealer provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the safety belts may not protect you in soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in a crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or serious injury or even death in a frayed, get a new one right away. crash. To help make sure the safety belt systems are working Make sure the safety belt reminder properly after a crash, have them light is working. See Safety Belt inspected and any necessary Reminders on page 5‑11 for more replacements made as soon as information. possible. Keep safety belts clean and dry. See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑26. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System The vehicle may have the following safety belts may not be necessary. airbags: But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following . A seat-mounted side impact airbags: were used during any crash may airbag for the rear seat have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. passenger seated directly See your dealer to have the safety behind the driver. belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the right front replaced. passenger. . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the rear seat New parts and repairs may be . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the driver. passenger seated directly necessary even if the safety belt behind the right front passenger. system was not being used at the . A seat-mounted side impact time of the crash. airbag for the right front All of the airbags in the vehicle will passenger. have the word AIRBAG embossed Have the safety belt pretensioners in the trim or on an attached label checked if the vehicle has been in a . A roof-rail airbag for the driver near the deployment opening. crash, or if the airbag readiness light and the passenger seated stays on after you start the vehicle directly behind the driver. For frontal airbags, the word or while you are driving. See Airbag AIRBAG will appear on the middle . A roof-rail airbag for the right Readiness Light on page 5‑11. part of the steering wheel for the front passenger and the driver and on the instrument panel passenger seated directly for the right front passenger. behind the right front passenger. With seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG will appear on the side of the seatback closest to the door. With roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) belts. Even though today's airbags are also designed to help reduce Wearing a safety belt during a before and during a crash. the risk of injury from the force of an crash helps reduce your chance Always wear a safety belt, even inflating bag, all airbags must inflate of hitting things inside the vehicle with airbags. The driver should sit very quickly to do their job. or being ejected from it. Airbags as far back as possible while still are “supplemental restraints” to maintaining control of the vehicle. Here are the most important things the safety belts. Everyone in the to know about the airbag system: Occupants should not lean on or vehicle should wear a safety belt sleep against the door or side properly — whether or not there is { WARNING windows in seating positions with an airbag for that person. seat-mounted side impact airbags You can be severely injured or and/or roof-rail airbags. killed in a crash if you are not wearing a safety belt — even with { WARNING airbags. Airbags are designed to { work with safety belts, not replace Airbags inflate with great force, WARNING them. Also, airbags are not faster than the blink of an eye. Children who are up against, designed to inflate in every crash. Anyone who is up against, or or very close to, any airbag In some crashes safety belts are very close to, any airbag when it when it inflates can be seriously the only restraint. See When inflates can be seriously injured injured or killed. Airbags plus Should an Airbag Inflate? on or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily lap-shoulder belts offer protection page 3‑30. close to any airbag, as you would for adults and older children, but (Continued) be if sitting on the edge of the not for young children and infants. seat or leaning forward. Safety belts help keep you in position (Continued) (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

system for malfunctions. The light WARNING (Continued) tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Neither the vehicle's safety belt Light on page 5‑11 for more system nor its airbag system is information. designed for them. Young children and infants need the Where Are the Airbags? protection that a child restraint system can provide. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children on page 3‑40 or Infants and Young Children on Driver Side Shown, Passenger page 3‑43. Side Similar The seat-mounted side impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. The roof-rail airbags for the driver, right front passenger, and second The driver frontal airbag is in the row outboard passengers are in the middle of the steering wheel. ceiling above the side windows. There is an airbag readiness light The right front passenger frontal on the instrument panel cluster, airbag is in the instrument panel on which shows the airbag symbol. The the passenger side. system checks the airbag electrical Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

When Should an Airbag WARNING (Continued) Inflate? or even death. The path of an Frontal airbags are designed to inflating airbag must be kept inflate in moderate to severe frontal clear. Do not put anything or near frontal crashes to help between an occupant and an reduce the potential for severe airbag, and do not attach or put injuries mainly to the driver's or right anything on the steering wheel front passenger's head and chest. hub or on or near any other However, they are only designed to airbag covering. inflate if the impact exceeds a Do not use seat accessories that predetermined deployment Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, block the inflation path of a threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a Passenger Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbag. crash is likely to be in time for the If the vehicle has second row Never secure anything to the roof airbags to inflate and help restrain seat‐mounted side impact airbags, of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags the occupants. they are in the sides of the rear by routing a rope or tie‐down seatback closest to the door. Whether the frontal airbags will or through any door or window should deploy is not based on how opening. If you do, the path of an fast your vehicle is traveling. { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be It depends largely on what you hit, blocked. the direction of the impact, and how If something is between an quickly your vehicle slows down. occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate if the crash severity is above different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear the system's designed threshold example: impacts, or in many side impacts. level. The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design. . If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. Roof‐rail airbags are not intended to at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the inflate in rear impacts. Both roof‐rail the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. airbags will deploy when either side The vehicle has electronic frontal of the vehicle is struck or if the . If the vehicle hits an object that deforms, the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing sensing system predicts that the inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a vehicle is about to roll over, or in a than if the vehicle hits an object moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact. that does not deform. severe frontal impact. For moderate In any particular crash, no one can frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags say whether an airbag should have . If the vehicle hits a narrow object inflate at a level less than full (like a pole), the airbags could inflated simply because of the deployment. For more severe frontal damage to a vehicle or because inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. than if the vehicle hits a wide of what the repair costs were. object (like a wall). The vehicle has seat-mounted side For frontal airbags, inflation is impact and roof-rail airbags. See determined by what the vehicle hits, . If the vehicle goes into an object Airbag System on page 3‑27. the angle of the impact, and how at an angle, the airbags could Seat-mounted side impact and quickly the vehicle slows down. inflate at a different crash speed roof-rail airbags are intended to For seat-mounted side impact and than if the vehicle goes straight inflate in moderate to severe side roof-rail airbags, deployment is into the object. crashes. In addition, these roof‐rail determined by the location and Thresholds can also vary with airbags are intended to inflate severity of the side impact. during a rollover or in a severe specific vehicle design. In a rollover event, roof‐rail airbag frontal impact. Seat-mounted side deployment is determined by the impact and roof-rail airbags will direction of the roll. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement Inflate? Restrain? to safety belts. In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted What Will You See after triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering an Airbag Inflates? inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the wheel or the instrument panel. In airbag causing the bag to break out moderate to severe side collisions, After the frontal airbags and of the cover and deploy. The inflator, even belted occupants can contact seat-mounted side impact airbags the airbag, and related hardware are the inside of the vehicle. inflate, they quickly deflate, so quickly that some people may not all part of the airbag module. Airbags supplement the protection even realize an airbag inflated. Frontal airbag modules are located provided by safety belts. Frontal Roof-rail airbags may still be at least inside the steering wheel and airbags distribute the force of the partially inflated for some time after instrument panel. For vehicles with impact more evenly over the they deploy. Some components of seat-mounted side impact airbags, occupant's upper body, stopping the airbag module may be hot for there are airbag modules in the side the occupant more gradually. several minutes. For location of the of the front seatbacks closest to the Seat-mounted side impact and airbag modules, see What Makes door. For vehicles with roof-rail roof-rail airbags distribute the force an Airbag Inflate? on page 3 32. airbags, there are airbag modules in of the impact more evenly over the ‑ the ceiling of the vehicle, near the occupant's upper body. The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, side windows that have occupant But airbags would not help in but not too hot to touch. There may seating positions. many types of collisions, primarily be some smoke and dust coming because the occupant's motion is from the vents in the deflated not toward those airbags. See When airbags. Airbag inflation does not Should an Airbag Inflate? on prevent the driver from seeing out of page 3‑30 for more information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

the windshield or being able to steer off the fuel system after the airbags Additional windshield breakage may the vehicle, nor does it prevent inflate. You can lock the doors, turn also occur from the right front people from leaving the vehicle. off the interior lamps, and turn off passenger airbag. the hazard warning flashers by . Airbags are designed to inflate { WARNING using the controls for those only once. After an airbag features. inflates, you will need some When an airbag inflates, there new parts for the airbag system. may be dust in the air. This dust { WARNING If you do not get them, the could cause breathing problems airbag system will not be there for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate to help protect you in another asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also crash. A new system will include To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in airbag modules and possibly vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering for your vehicle covers the need breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts. appears to be drivable after a get out of the vehicle after an . The vehicle has a crash sensing airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be and diagnostic module which by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could records information after a If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate crash. See Vehicle Data problems following an airbag the vehicle. Recording and Privacy on deployment, you should seek Use caution if you should attempt page 13‑14 and Event Data medical attention. to restart the engine after a crash Recorders on page 13‑14. has occurred. The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors, turn In many crashes severe enough to on the interior lamps, turn on the inflate the airbag, windshields are hazard warning flashers, and shut broken by vehicle deformation. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

. Let only qualified technicians or the word OFF will be visible. See We recommend that children be work on the airbag systems. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator secured in a rear seat, including: an Improper service can mean that on page 5‑12. infant or a child riding in a an airbag system will not work rear-facing child restraint; a child properly. See your dealer for The passenger sensing system turns off the right front passenger riding in a forward-facing child seat; service. an older child riding in a booster frontal airbag and seat‐mounted seat; and children, who are large Passenger Sensing side impact airbag under certain conditions. The driver airbags and enough, using safety belts. System the roof‐rail airbags are not affected A label on the sun visor says, The vehicle has a passenger by the passenger sensing system. “Never put a rear-facing child seat in sensing system for the right front The passenger sensing system the front.” This is because the risk to passenger position. The passenger works with sensors that are part of the rear-facing child is so great, airbag status indicator will be visible the right front passenger seat. The if the airbag deploys. on the instrument panel when the sensors are designed to detect the vehicle is started. presence of a properly seated { WARNING occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag and A child in a rear-facing child seat‐mounted side impact airbag restraint can be seriously injured should be enabled (may inflate) or killed if the right front or not. passenger airbag inflates. This is because the back of the According to accident statistics, rear-facing child restraint would children are safer when properly be very close to the inflating The words ON and OFF will be secured in a rear seat in the correct airbag. A child in a forward-facing visible during the system check. child restraint for their weight When the system check is and size. child restraint can be seriously complete, either the word ON injured or killed if the right front (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

The passenger sensing system is . The right front passenger seat is WARNING (Continued) designed to turn off the right front occupied by a smaller person, passenger frontal airbag and such as a child who has passenger airbag inflates and the seat‐mounted side impact airbag if: outgrown child restraints. passenger seat is in a forward . There is a critical problem with position. . The right front passenger seat is unoccupied. the airbag system or the Even if the passenger sensing passenger sensing system. . The system determines that an system has turned off the right When the passenger sensing front passenger frontal airbag and infant is present in a rear-facing infant seat. system has turned off the right seat-mounted side impact airbag front passenger frontal airbag and . (if equipped), no system is The system determines that a seat‐mounted side impact airbag, fail-safe. No one can guarantee small child is present in a child the off indicator will light and stay lit that an airbag will not deploy restraint. as a reminder that the airbags are under some unusual . The system determines that a off. See Passenger Airbag Status circumstance, even though the small child is present in a Indicator on page 5‑12. airbag(s) are off. booster seat. The passenger sensing system is Secure rear-facing child restraints . A right front passenger takes designed to turn on (may inflate) the in a rear seat, even if the his/her weight off of the seat for right front passenger frontal airbag airbag(s) are off. If you secure a a period of time. and seat‐mounted side impact forward-facing child restraint in airbag anytime the system senses the right front seat, always move that a person of adult size is sitting the front passenger seat as far properly in the right front passenger back as it will go. It is better to seat. When the passenger sensing secure the child restraint in a system has allowed the airbags to be enabled, the on indicator will light rear seat. and stay lit as a reminder that the airbags are active. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

For some children who have If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child outgrown child restraints and for Child Restraint restraint and restarting the very small adults, the passenger vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, sensing system may or may not turn If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly off the right front passenger frontal and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback airbag and seat‐mounted side 1. Turn the vehicle off. and adjust the seat cushion, impact airbag, depending upon the if adjustable, to make sure that 2. Remove the child restraint from person's seating posture and body the vehicle seatback is not the vehicle. build. Everyone in the vehicle pushing the child restraint into who has outgrown child restraints 3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion. from the seat such as blankets, should wear a safety belt Also make sure the child cushions, seat covers, seat properly — whether or not there restraint is not trapped under the heaters, or seat massagers. is an airbag for that person. vehicle head restraint. If this 4. Reinstall the child restraint happens, adjust the head { WARNING following the directions restraint. See Head Restraints provided by the child restraint on page 3‑2. If the airbag readiness light ever manufacturer and refer to 6. Restart the vehicle. comes on and stays on, it means Securing Child Restraints that something may be wrong (Rear Seat) on page 3‑57 or If the on indicator is still lit, with the airbag system. To help Securing Child Restraints secure the child in the child avoid injury to yourself or others, (Front Passenger Seat) on restraint in a rear seat position in have the vehicle serviced right page 3‑59. the vehicle, and check with your away. See Airbag Readiness dealer. Light on page 5‑11 for more information, including important safety information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

If the Off Indicator is Lit for an system to detect that person and Additional Factors Affecting Adult-Size Occupant enable the right front passenger System Operation frontal airbag and seat‐mounted side impact airbag: Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat 1. Turn the vehicle off. during vehicle maneuvers and 2. Remove any additional material braking, which helps the passenger from the seat, such as blankets, sensing system maintain the cushions, seat covers, seat passenger airbag status. See heaters, or seat massagers. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” in the Index for additional 3. Place the seatback in the fully information about the importance of upright position. proper restraint use. 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with legs comfortably If a person of adult-size is sitting in extended. the right front passenger seat, but 5. Restart the vehicle and have the the off indicator is lit, it could be person remain in this position for because that person is not sitting two to three minutes after the on properly in the seat. If this happens, indicator is lit. use the following steps to allow the Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

A thick layer of additional material, Servicing the such as a blanket or cushion, WARNING (Continued) or aftermarket equipment such Airbag-Equipped Vehicle as seat covers, seat heaters, and Airbags affect how the vehicle proper service procedures, and seat massagers can affect how well should be serviced. There are parts make sure the person performing the passenger sensing system of the airbag system in several work for you is qualified to do so. operates. We recommend that you places around the vehicle. Your not use seat covers or other dealer and the service manual have Adding Equipment to the aftermarket equipment except when information about servicing the approved by GM for your specific vehicle and the airbag system. To Airbag-Equipped Vehicle vehicle. See Adding Equipment to purchase a service manual, see Q: Is there anything I might add the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Service Publications Ordering to or change about the vehicle page 3‑38 for more information Information on page 13‑11. that could keep the airbags about modifications that can affect from working properly? how the system operates. { WARNING A: Yes. If you add things that change the vehicle's frame, For up to 10 seconds after the { WARNING bumper system, height, front ignition is turned off and the Stowing of articles under the end, or side sheet metal, they battery is disconnected, an airbag may keep the airbag system passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper from working properly. Changing passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you or moving any parts of the seats, seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it safety belts, the airbag sensing proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. and diagnostic module, steering sensing system. They are probably part of the wheel, instrument panel, roof-rail airbag system. Be sure to follow airbag modules, ceiling headliner (Continued) or pillar garnish trim, front Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

sensors, side impact sensors, passenger airbag(s). See In addition, your dealer and the or airbag wiring can affect the Passenger Sensing System on service manual have information operation of the airbag system. page 3‑34. about the location of the airbag In addition, the vehicle has a If you have questions, call sensors, sensing and diagnostic passenger sensing system for Customer Assistance. The module, and airbag wiring. the right front passenger phone numbers and addresses position, which includes sensors for Customer Assistance are in Airbag System Check that are part of the passenger Step Two of the Customer The airbag system does not need seat. The passenger sensing Satisfaction Procedure in this regularly scheduled maintenance or system may not operate properly manual. See Customer replacement. Make sure the airbag if the original seat trim is Satisfaction Procedure on readiness light is working. See replaced with non-GM covers, page 13‑1. Airbag Readiness Light on upholstery, or trim, or with GM Q: Because I have a disability, page 5‑11 for more information. covers, upholstery, or trim I have to get my vehicle Notice: If an airbag covering is designed for a different vehicle. modified. How can I find out Any object, such as an damaged, opened, or broken, the whether this will affect my airbag may not work properly. Do aftermarket seat heater or a airbag system? comfort‐enhancing pad or not open or break the airbag device, installed under or on top A: If you have questions, call coverings. If there are any of the seat fabric, could also Customer Assistance. The opened or broken airbag covers, interfere with the operation of phone numbers and addresses have the airbag covering and/or the passenger sensing system. for Customer Assistance are in airbag module replaced. For the This could either prevent proper Step Two of the Customer location of the airbag modules, deployment of the passenger Satisfaction Procedure in this see What Makes an Airbag airbag(s) or prevent the manual. See Customer Inflate? on page 3‑32. See your passenger sensing system from Satisfaction Procedure on dealer for service. properly turning off the page 13‑1. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints Parts after a Crash replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service. Older Children { WARNING If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have A damaged airbag system may the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light on not work properly and may not page 5 11 for more information. protect you and your ‑ passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown possible. booster seats should wear the vehicle safety belts. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

The manufacturer's instructions that . Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort come with the booster seat state the snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on weight and height limitations for that thighs? If yes, continue. If no, page 3‑18. return to the booster seat. booster. Use a booster seat with a According to accident statistics, lap-shoulder belt until the child . Can proper safety belt fit be children and infants are safer when passes the fit test below: maintained for the length of properly restrained in a child . Sit all the way back on the seat. the trip? If yes, continue. If no, restraint system or infant restraint Do the knees bend at the seat return to the booster seat. system secured in a rear seating edge? If yes, continue. If no, Q: What is the proper way to position. return to the booster seat. wear safety belts? In a crash, children who are not . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. A: An older child should wear a buckled up can strike other people Does the shoulder belt rest on lap-shoulder belt and get the who are buckled up, or can be the shoulder? If yes, continue. additional restraint a shoulder thrown out of the vehicle. Older If no, try using the rear safety belt can provide. The shoulder children need to use safety belts belt comfort guide. See “Rear belt should not cross the face or properly. Safety Belt Comfort Guides” neck. The lap belt should fit under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snugly below the hips, just page 3‑18 for more information. touching the top of the thighs. If the shoulder belt still does not This applies belt force to the rest on the shoulder, then return child's pelvic bones in a crash. to the booster seat. It should never be worn over the abdomen, which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING

Never do this. Never do this. Never allow two children to wear Never allow a child to wear the the same safety belt. The safety safety belt with the shoulder belt belt cannot properly spread the behind their back. A child can be impact forces. In a crash, the two seriously injured by not wearing children can be crushed together the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a and seriously injured. A safety crash, the child would not be belt must be used by only one restrained by the shoulder belt. person at a time. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

Infants and Young Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older WARNING (Continued) Children children, but not for young children Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's For example, in a crash at only protection! This includes infants safety belt system nor its airbag 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) and all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every infant will suddenly become a distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the arms. An infant should be need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate secured in an appropriate restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. restraint. state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle. { WARNING { WARNING Never do this. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not unattended in a vehicle and never possible to hold it during a crash. allow children to play with the (Continued) safety belts. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Q: What are the different types of { WARNING add-on child restraints? Never do this. A: Add-on child restraints, which are purchased by the vehicle Children who are up against, owner, are available in four basic or very close to, any airbag when types. Selection of a particular it inflates can be seriously injured restraint should take into or killed. Never put a rear-facing consideration not only the child's child restraint in the right front weight, height, and age but also seat. Secure a rear-facing child whether or not the restraint will restraint in a rear seat. It is also be compatible with the motor better to secure a forward-facing vehicle in which it will be used. child restraint in a rear seat. If you For most basic types of child must secure a forward-facing restraints, there are many child restraint in the right front different models available. When seat, always move the front purchasing a child restraint, be passenger seat as far back as it sure it is designed to be used in will go. a motor vehicle. If it is, the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

The restraint manufacturer's Child Restraint Systems instructions that come with the { WARNING restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still child restraint. In addition, there so small that the vehicle's regular are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low on available for children with the hip bones, as it should. special needs. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, { WARNING the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone head injury during a crash, infants could cause serious or fatal need complete support. This is injuries. To reduce the risk of because an infant's neck is not serious or fatal injuries during a (A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat fully developed and its head crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A) weighs so much compared with always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating the rest of its body. In a crash, an child restraints. surface against the back of the infant in a rear-facing child infant. restraint settles into the restraint, The harness system holds the infant so the crash forces can be in place and, in a crash, acts to distributed across the strongest keep the infant positioned in the part of an infant's body, the back restraint. and shoulders. Infants should always be secured in rear-facing child restraints. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑49 for more information. Children can be Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

endangered in a crash if the child In some areas, Certified Child Securing the Child within the restraint is not properly secured in Passenger Safety Technicians Child Restraint the vehicle. (CPSTs) are available to inspect When securing an add-on child and demonstrate how to correctly { WARNING restraint, refer to the instructions use and install child restraints. In that come with the restraint which the U.S., refer to the National A child can be seriously injured or may be on the restraint itself or in a Highway Traffic Safety killed in a crash if the child is not booklet, or both, and to this manual. Administration (NHTSA) website to properly secured in the child The child restraint instructions are locate the nearest child safety seat restraint. Secure the child inspection station. For CPST important, so if they are not properly following the instructions availability in Canada, check with available, obtain a replacement that came with that child restraint. copy from the manufacturer. Transport Canada or the Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle — even when no child is in it. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Where to Put the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Restraint According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints children and infants are safer when restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag properly restrained in a child or killed if the right front is off. If you secure a restraint system or infant restraint passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint in system secured in a rear seating because the back of the the right front seat, always move position. rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to We recommend that children and airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a child restraints be secured in a rear child restraint can be seriously rear seat. seat, including: an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing child restraint; injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System passenger airbag inflates and the a child riding in a forward-facing on page 3‑34 for additional child seat; an older child riding in a passenger seat is in a forward information. booster seat; and children, who are position. large enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing When securing a child restraint in a A label on your sun visor says, system has turned off the right rear seating position, study the “Never put a rear-facing child seat in front passenger frontal airbag, no instructions that came with your the front.” This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can child restraint to make sure it is the rear-facing child is so great if the guarantee that an airbag will not compatible with this vehicle. airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual Child restraints and booster seats circumstance, even though it is vary considerably in size, and some turned off. may fit in certain seating positions (Continued) better than others. Always make sure the child restraint is properly secured. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

Depending on where you place the Lower Anchors and When installing a child restraint with child restraint and the size of the a top tether, you must also use child restraint, you may not be able Tethers for Children either the lower anchors or the to access adjacent safety belt (LATCH System) safety belts to properly secure the assemblies or LATCH anchors for The LATCH system holds a child child restraint. A child restraint must additional passengers or child restraint during driving or in a crash. never be installed using only the top restraints. Adjacent seating This system is designed to make tether and anchor. positions should not be used if the installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH system in child restraint prevents access to or The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle, you need a child interferes with the routing of the the vehicle and attachments on the restraint that has LATCH safety belt. child restraint that are made for use attachments. The child restraint Wherever a child restraint is with the LATCH system. manufacturer will provide you with installed, be sure to secure the child Make sure that a LATCH-compatible instructions on how to use the child restraint properly. child restraint is properly installed restraint and its attachments. The Keep in mind that an unsecured using the anchors, or use the following explains how to attach a child restraint can move around in a vehicle's safety belts to secure the child restraint with these collision or sudden stop and injure restraint, following the instructions attachments in the vehicle. people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that restraint, and Not all vehicle seating positions or properly secure any child restraint in also the instructions in this manual. child restraints have lower anchors your vehicle — even when no child and attachments or top tether is in it. anchors and attachments. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the top forward-facing child restraints have built into the vehicle. There are two of the child restraint to the vehicle. a top tether, and that the tether be lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the attached. Be sure to read and follow seating position that will vehicle. The top tether the instructions for the child accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint restraint. lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

To assist you in locating the lower anchors, each rear anchor position has a label, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.

The top tether anchors are located under the covers, behind the rear Rear Seat seat, on the filler panel. Be sure to use an anchor located on the same i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating side of the vehicle as the seating positions with top tether anchors. position where the child restraint will j (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist you in locating the top be placed. positions with two lower anchors. tether anchors, the top tether anchor Do not secure a child restraint in a symbol is located on the cover. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when { WARNING WARNING (Continued) properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock, system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor. if the vehicle has one, after the position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed. Restraint on page 3‑48 for restraint to a single anchor could additional information. cause the anchor or attachment Notice: Do not let the LATCH to come loose or even break attachments rub against the Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others vehicle’s safety belts. This may Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the damage these parts. If necessary, System risk of serious or fatal injuries move buckled safety belts to during a crash, attach only one avoid rubbing the LATCH { WARNING child restraint per anchor. attachments. If a LATCH-type child restraint is Do not fold the empty rear seat not attached to anchors, the child with a safety belt buckled. This restraint will not be able to protect { WARNING could damage the safety belt or the seat. Unbuckle and return the the child correctly. In a crash, the Children can be seriously injured safety belt to its stowed position, child could be seriously injured or or strangled if a shoulder belt is before folding the seat. killed. Install a LATCH-type child wrapped around their neck and restraint properly using the If you need to secure more than one the safety belt continues to anchors, or use the vehicle safety child restraint in the rear seat, see tighten. Buckle any unused safety belts to secure the restraint, Where to Put the Restraint on belts behind the child restraint so following the instructions that page 3‑48. children cannot reach them. Pull came with the child restraint and the shoulder belt all the way out the instructions in this manual. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

You cannot secure three child There are five lower LATCH anchors restraints using the LATCH anchors in the rear seat. in the rear seat at the same time, . Use anchors 1 and 2 when but you can install two of them. installing a child restraint using If you want to do this, install one LATCH in seating position A. LATCH child restraint in the passenger-side position, and . Use anchors 3 and 4 when install the other one either in the installing a child restraint using driver-side position or in the center LATCH in seating position B. position. If you need to install child . Use anchors 4 and 5 when restraints in both the center and installing a child restraint using driver‐side position, the one in the LATCH in seating position C. center seating position will need to A. Passenger Side Rear Installing child restraints using be secured using the vehicle safety Seating Position and Lower belts instead of the LATCH anchors. LATCH in seating positions B and C Anchors 1 and 2 at the same time is prohibited. Refer to the following illustration to B. Center Rear Seating Position learn which anchors to use. Make sure to attach the child and Lower Anchors 3 and 4 restraint at the proper anchor C. Driver Side Rear location. Seating Position and Lower Anchors 4 and 5 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

This system is designed to make 1.2. Put the child restraint on 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten installation of child restraints easier. the seat. the top tether according to When using lower anchors, do not If the head restraint the child restraint use the vehicle's safety belts. interferes with the proper instructions and the Instead use the vehicle's anchors installation of the child following instructions: and child restraint attachments to restraint, the head restraint secure the restraints. Some may be removed. See restraints also use another vehicle “Head Restraint Removal anchor to secure a top tether. and Reinstallation” at the 1. Attach and tighten the lower end of this section. attachments to the lower 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower anchors. If the child restraint attachments on the child does not have lower restraint to the lower attachments or the desired anchors. seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child 2. If the child restraint manufacturer . If the position you are using restraint with the top tether and recommends that the top tether does not have a headrest the safety belts. Refer to the be attached, attach and tighten or head restraint, or the child restraint manufacturer the top tether to the top tether headrest or head restraint instructions and the instructions anchor, if equipped. Refer to the has been removed, and you in this manual. child restraint instructions and are using a single tether, the following steps: route the tether over the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for seatback. the desired seating 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. position. Open the cover to expose the anchor. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

. If the position you are using . If the position you are using . If the position you are using does not have a headrest has an adjustable headrest has an adjustable headrest or head restraint, or the or head restraint and you or head restraint and you headrest or head restraint are using a single tether, are using a dual tether has been removed, and you route the tether under the route the tether around the are using a dual tether, headrest or head restraint headrest or head restraint. route the tether over the and in between the 3. Before placing a child in the seatback. headrest or head restraint child restraint, make sure it is posts. See Head Restraints securely held in place. To check, on page 3‑2. grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper installation. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation { WARNING The rear outboard head restraints With head restraints that are not can be removed if they interfere with installed and adjusted properly, the proper installation of the child there is a greater chance that restraint. occupants will suffer a neck/ To remove the head restraint: spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for 1. Partially fold the seatback all occupants are installed and forward. See Rear Seats on adjusted properly. page 3‑9 for additional information. 2. Press both buttons on the head restraint posts at the same time, and pull up on the head restraint. 3. Store the head restraint in the trunk of the vehicle. 4. When the child restraint is removed, reinstall the head restraint before the seating position is used. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

To reinstall the head restraint: 3. Try to move the head restraint to New parts and repairs may be make sure that it is locked in necessary even if the LATCH place. system was not being used at the time of the crash. Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat) { WARNING When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position, study the A crash can damage the LATCH instructions that came with the system in the vehicle. A damaged child restraint to make sure it is LATCH system may not properly compatible with this vehicle. secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and 1. Insert the head restraint posts death in a crash. To help make Tethers for Children (LATCH into the holes in the top of the sure the LATCH system is seatback. The notches (A) on System) on page 3‑49 for how and working properly after a crash, where to install the child restraint the posts must face the driver see your dealer to have the side of the vehicle. using LATCH. If a child restraint is system inspected and any secured in the vehicle using a 2. Push the head restraint down. necessary replacements made as safety belt and it uses a top tether, If necessary, press the height soon as possible. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for adjustment release button to Children (LATCH System) on further lower the head restraint. If the vehicle has the LATCH system page 3‑49 for top tether anchor See Head Restraints on and it was being used during a locations. page 3‑2. crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child seat in a Anchors and Tethers for Position the release button on position without a top tether anchor Children (LATCH System) on the buckle so that the safety belt if a national or local law requires page 3‑49. could be quickly unbuckled if that the top tether be anchored, or if 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run necessary. the instructions that come with the the lap and shoulder portions of child restraint say that the top strap the vehicle's safety belt through must be anchored. or around the restraint. The child If the child restraint does not have restraint instructions will show the LATCH system, you will be you how. using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way the Restraint on page 3‑48. out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is 1. Put the child restraint on set, the belt can be tightened but the seat. not pulled out of the retractor. If the head restraint interferes 3. Push the latch plate into the with the proper installation of the buckle until it clicks. child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See “Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-59

6. If the child restraint has a top Anchors and Tethers for Children tether, follow the child restraint (LATCH System) on page 3‑49 for manufacturer's instructions additional information on installing regarding the use of the top the head restraint properly. tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH Securing Child Restraints System) on page 3‑49 for more (Front Passenger Seat) information. This vehicle has airbags. A rear 7. Before placing a child in the seat is a safer place to secure a child restraint, make sure it is forward-facing child restraint. See securely held in place. To check, Where to Put the Restraint on grasp the child restraint at the page 3‑48. 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt on the child restraint, pull the to move it side‐to‐side and In addition, the vehicle has a shoulder portion of the belt to back‐and‐forth. When the child passenger sensing system which tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, is designed to turn off the right and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than front passenger frontal airbag and into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. seat‐mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions. See a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, Passenger Sensing System on may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and page 3 34 and Passenger Airbag to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. ‑ Status Indicator on page 5 12 for restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top ‑ more information, including tether anchor, disconnect it. If the Try to pull the belt out of the important safety information. retractor to make sure the head restraint was removed, retractor is locked. If the reinstall it before the seating retractor is not locked, repeat position is used. See “Head Steps 4 and 5. Restraint Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

3-60 Seats and Restraints

A label on the sun visor says, Anchors and Tethers for Children “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) (LATCH System) on page 3‑49 for the front.” This is because the risk to top tether anchor locations. deploy under some unusual the rear-facing child is so great if the Do not secure a child seat in a airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is turned off. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires { WARNING Secure rear-facing child that the top tether be anchored, or if restraints in a rear seat, even if the instructions that come with the A child in a rear-facing child the airbag is off. If you secure a child restraint say that the top strap restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in must be anchored. or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move In Canada, the law requires that passenger airbag inflates. This the front passenger seat as far is because the back of the forward-facing child restraints have back as it will go. It is better to a top tether, and that the tether be rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a attached. be very close to the inflating rear seat. airbag. A child in a forward-facing You will be using the lap-shoulder child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System belt to secure the child restraint in injured or killed if the right front on page 3‑34 for additional this position. Follow the instructions passenger airbag inflates and the information. that came with the child restraint. passenger seat is in a forward 1. Move the seat as far back as it position. If the child restraint has the LATCH will go before securing the system, see Lower Anchors and forward-facing child restraint. Even if the passenger sensing Tethers for Children (LATCH When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right System) on page 3 49 for how and ‑ system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag, no where to install the child restraint front passenger frontal airbag system is fail-safe. No one can using LATCH. If a child restraint is and seat mounted side airbag, guarantee that an airbag will not secured using a safety belt and it ‐ the off indicator on the (Continued) uses a top tether, see Lower Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-61

passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑12. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. necessary. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

3-62 Seats and Restraints

Try to pull the belt out of the If the airbags are off, the off retractor to make sure the indicator in the passenger airbag retractor is locked. If the status indicator will come on and retractor is not locked, repeat stay on when the vehicle is started. Steps 5 and 6. If a child restraint has been installed 7. Before placing a child in the and the on indicator is lit, see “If the child restraint, make sure it is On Indicator Is Lit for a Child securely held in place. To check, Restraint ” under Passenger grasp the child restraint at the Sensing System on page 3‑34 for safety belt path and attempt more information. to move it side‐to‐side and To remove the child restraint, back‐and‐forth. When the child unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and 6. To tighten the belt, push down restraint is properly installed, let it return to the stowed position. on the child restraint, pull the there should be no more than shoulder portion of the belt to 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage Glove Box Compartments Lift up the handle to open the glove box. It contains a pen holder and a Storage Compartments coin holder. Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage Glove Box ...... 4-1 Cupholders ...... 4-2 Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Additional Storage Features Cargo Net ...... 4-3 Convenience Net ...... 4-3

There is a storage compartment located on the driver side of the instrument panel. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

Cupholders Rear Storage Center Console Storage Two cupholders are in the center console. Slide the door open to access them.

Pull down the armrest. Push the Push the button (A) to access the button to lift the cover. Close the storage or accessory power outlet cover before folding the armrest up. under the armrest. Cupholders may be located in the See Power Outlets on page 5‑5 for second row seat armrest. To more information. access, pull the armrest down. Some vehicles might also have input jacks for auxiliary devices. See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑17 for more information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

Additional Storage Convenience Net Features Cargo Net

For vehicles with a convenience net, it is located in the trunk and used to store small loads. The net should not be used to store heavy loads. There is a cargo net for storing Attach the loops on each side of the items on the side of the trunk. net to the hooks located on the sides of the trunk. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

2 NOTES Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Passenger Airbag Status Information Displays Instruments and Indicator ...... 5-12 Driver Information Controls Charging System Light ...... 5-13 Center (DIC) ...... 5-22 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 5-13 Vehicle Messages Controls Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages ...... 5-25 Battery Voltage and Charging Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Light ...... 5-16 Electric Parking Brake Messages ...... 5-26 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-26 Horn ...... 5-2 Light ...... 5-16 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Compass Messages ...... 5-26 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-27 Compass ...... 5-4 Warning Light ...... 5-17 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor Engine Cooling System Clock ...... 5-5 Messages ...... 5-27 Power Outlets ...... 5-5 Light ...... 5-17 Traction Off Light ...... 5-18 Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-28 Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-18 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-28 Indicators Traction Control System Fuel System Messages ...... 5-28 Warning Lights, Gauges, and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-18 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-29 Indicators ...... 5-7 Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-19 Object Detection System Instrument Cluster ...... 5-8 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-20 Messages ...... 5-29 Speedometer ...... 5-9 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-20 Ride Control System Odometer ...... 5-9 Security Light ...... 5-21 Messages ...... 5-29 Trip Odometer ...... 5-9 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-21 Anti-theft Alarm System Tachometer ...... 5-9 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-21 Messages ...... 5-29 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-9 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-21 Tire Messages ...... 5-30 Engine Coolant Temperature Cruise Control Light ...... 5-22 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-30 Gauge ...... 5-10 Door Ajar Light ...... 5-22 Window Messages ...... 5-31 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-11 Vehicle Personalization Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-11 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-31 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Controls Steering Wheel Controls OnStar Owner's Guide, or the separate navigation manual for Steering Wheel more information. $ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to Adjustment silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. For vehicles with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, press to reject an incoming call, or end a current call. _ SRC ^ (Rotary Control): Turn to select an audio source. Press _ or ^ to select the next or For vehicles with audio steering previous favorite radio station, CD, wheel controls, some audio controls or MP3 track. can be adjusted at the steering + x − (Volume): Press + to wheel. To adjust the steering wheel: increase the volume. Press − to b / g (Push to Talk): For decrease the volume. 1. Pull the lever down. vehicles with a Bluetooth, OnStar, 2. Move the steering wheel up, or navigation system, press to Horn interact with those systems. See down, forward, and backward. Press near the horn symbols or Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑20 3. Pull the lever up to lock the or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) press on the steering wheel pad to steering wheel in place. sound the horn. on page 7‑21 or Bluetooth (Voice Do not adjust the steering wheel Recognition) on page 7‑23, the while driving. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

Windshield Wiper/Washer Damaged wiper blades should be replaced. See Wiper Blade Replacement on page 10‑30. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wipers. A circuit breaker stops them until the motor cools.

& (Adjustable Interval Wipes): Wipe Parking Turn the band up for more frequent If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ The windshield wiper lever is wipes or down for less frequent OFF while the wipers are on 1, 2, on the side of the steering wipes. or &, they will immediately stop. column. With the ignition in ACC/ 9 ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move (Off): Use to turn the windshield If the windshield wiper lever the windshield wiper lever to select wipers off. is then moved to OFF before the the wiper speed. 3 (Mist): For a single wipe, driver door is opened, or within 2: Use for fast wipes. briefly move the wiper lever down. 10 minutes, the wipers will restart For several wipes, hold the wiper and move to the base of the 1: Use for slow wipes. lever down. windshield. Clear ice and snow from the wiper If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ blades before using them. If they OFF during a windshield wash, the are frozen to the windshield, wipers will stop when they reach the carefully loosen or thaw them. base of the windshield. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Windshield Washer Compass The compass system is designed to operate for a certain number of Pull the windshield wiper lever There is a compass display in the miles or degrees of turn before toward you to spray windshield Driver Information Center (DIC). needing a signal from the GPS washer fluid and activate the wipers. The compass receives its heading satellites. When the compass The wipers will continue until the and other information from the display shows CAL, drive the lever is released or the maximum Global Positioning System (GPS) vehicle for a short distance in an wash time is reached. antenna, StabiliTrak, and vehicle open area where it can receive speed information. When the windshield wiper lever is a GPS signal. The compass released, additional wipes may Avoid covering the GPS antenna for system will automatically determine occur depending on how long long periods of time with objects when the GPS signal is restored the windshield washer had been that may interfere with the antenna's and provide a heading again. activated. See Washer Fluid on ability to receive a satellite signal. See Compass Messages on page 5 26 for more information page 10‑24 for information on See Backglass Antenna on ‑ filling the windshield washer fluid page 7‑13 and Satellite Radio on the messages that may be reservoir. Antenna on page 7‑14 for the displayed for the compass. location of the vehicle's antennas. { WARNING

In freezing weather, do not use the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Clock Setting the 12/24 Hour Format Power Outlets The infotainment system controls 1. Press the CONFIG button and The accessory power outlet can be are used to access the time and select Time and Date Settings. used to plug in electrical equipment, date settings through the menu 2. Highlight 12/24 HR Format. such as a cell phone or MP3 player. system. See Operation on page 7‑4 This outlet is located under the 3. Press the knob to select for information about how to use the Z armrest inside the center console the 12 hour or 24 hour display menu system. storage. format. Setting the Time and Date The outlet is powered when the Setting the Month and Day 1. Press the CONFIG button and ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ select Time and Date Settings. Format ACCESSORY, or until the driver door is opened within 10 minutes of 2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 1. Press the CONFIG button and select Time and Date Settings. turning off the vehicle. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on 3. Turn the Z knob to adjust 2. Highlight Month & Day format. the highlighted value. page 9‑21. 3. Press the Z knob to select Open the protective cover to use the 4. Press the Z knob to select DD/MM/YYYY (day/month/year), accessory power outlet. the next value. MM/DD/YYYY (month/day/year), 5. To save the time and return to or YYYY/MM/DD (year/month/ the Time Settings menu, press day) display format. the BACK button at any time or press the Z knob after adjusting the minutes. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Certain electrical accessories Power Outlet 110 Volt Alternating An indicator light on the outlet may not be compatible with the Current comes on when in use. The light accessory power outlets and could The vehicle may have a power comes on when the ignition is in overload vehicle or adapter fuses. outlet that can be used to plug ON/RUN and equipment requiring If there is a problem, see your in electrical equipment with a less than 150 watts is plugged into dealer. maximum limit of 150 watts. the outlet, and no system fault is When adding electrical equipment, detected. be sure to follow the installation The indicator light on the outlet will instructions included with the not turn on if the plug is not fully equipment. See Add-On Electrical seated. Equipment on page 9‑50. If you try to connect equipment Notice: Hanging heavy using more than 150 watts or a equipment from the power system fault is detected, the outlet can cause damage not equipment may operate for covered by the vehicle warranty. a short period and turn itself off. The power outlets are designed A protection circuit shuts off the for accessory power plugs only, power supply and the indicator light such as cell phone charge cords. turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back in or turn The power outlet is located on the the Remote Accessory Power (RAP) rear of the center console. off and then back on. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑21. Prolonged usage of the Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

power outlet at the maximum load of Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there 150 watts may cause the outlet to could be a problem with a vehicle overheat and automatically shut Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning down. The power restarts when lights work together to indicate a equipment that operates within the Indicators problem with the vehicle. limit is plugged into the outlet and a Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights system fault is not detected. signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while The power outlet is not designed for before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges the following equipment, and may to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, not work properly if any of the replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what following is plugged in: warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly . Equipment with high initial peak wattage such as: Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. compressor-driven refrigerators could be a problem with a vehicle and electric power tools. function. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started . Other equipment requiring to indicate they are working. an extremely stable power supply such as: microcomputer-controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English Automatic Transmission Shown, Manual and Metric Similar Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Speedometer Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge The speedometer shows the The trip odometer can show how far vehicle's speed in either kilometers the vehicle has been driven since per hour (km/h) or miles per the trip odometer was last reset. hour (mph). The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information Odometer Center (DIC). See Driver The odometer shows how far the Information Center (DIC) on vehicle has been driven, in either page 5‑22 for more information. kilometers or miles. Tachometer This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant odometer. The digital odometer will The tachometer displays the read 999,999 if it is turned back. engine speed in revolutions per If the vehicle needs a new odometer minute (rpm). When the ignition is on, the fuel installed, it must be set to the Notice: If the engine is operated gauge shows about how much fuel mileage total of the old odometer. with the tachometer in the shaded is left in the tank. If that is not possible, then it must warning area, the vehicle could An arrow on the fuel gauge be set at zero and a label must be be damaged, and the damages indicates the side of the vehicle put on the driver door to show the would not be covered by the the fuel door is on. old mileage reading when the new vehicle warranty. Do not operate The FUEL LEVEL LOW message odometer was installed. the engine with the tachometer in appears in the Driver Information the shaded warning area. Center (DIC) and a single chime sounds. See Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑22 for more information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Here are four things that some Engine Coolant owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: Temperature Gauge . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than English half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature. . The gauge moves a little while Metric turning a corner or speeding up. If the indicator needle moves to the hot side of the gauge toward the . The gauge takes a few seconds shaded area, the engine is too hot. to stabilize after the ignition is turned on, and will go back to If the vehicle has been operated empty when the ignition is under normal driving conditions, pull turned off. off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on Driver Safety Belt Reminder if an object is put on the seat such Light There is a passenger safety belt as a briefcase, handbag, grocery reminder light located on the center bag, laptop, or other electronic There is a driver safety belt console. device. To turn off the warning light reminder light on the instrument and/or chime, remove the object panel cluster. from the seat or buckle the safety belt. Airbag Readiness Light This light shows if there is an When the engine is started this light electrical problem. The system begins to flash and a chime comes check includes the airbag sensor, When the engine is started this light on for several seconds to remind the pretensioners, the airbag begins to flash and a chime comes the passenger to fasten their safety modules, the wiring, and the crash on for several seconds to remind belt. The light also stays on if the sensing and diagnostic module. the driver to fasten their safety belt. passenger remains unbuckled. For more information on the airbag The light also stays on if the driver system, see Airbag System on remains unbuckled. This cycle repeats if the passenger page 3‑27. is unbuckled while the vehicle is This cycle repeats if the driver is moving. unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. If the passenger safety belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the If the driver safety belt is already light comes on. buckled, neither the light nor the chime comes on. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Passenger Airbag Status Then, after several more seconds, the status indicator will light either Indicator the word ON or OFF to let you The vehicle has a passenger know the status of the right front sensing system. See Passenger passenger frontal airbag and Sensing System on page 3‑34 seat‐mounted side impact airbag. The airbag readiness light comes on for important safety information. If the word ON is lit on the and stays on for several seconds The instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator, it when the vehicle is started. Then passenger airbag status indicator. means that the right front passenger the light goes out. frontal airbag and seat‐mounted side impact airbag are enabled { WARNING (may inflate). If the word OFF is lit on the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays status indicator, it means that the on after the vehicle is started or passenger sensing system has comes on while driving, it means turned off the right front passenger the airbag system might not be When the vehicle is started, the frontal airbag and seat-mounted working properly. The airbags in passenger airbag status indicator side impact airbag. the vehicle might not inflate in a will light the words ON and OFF for crash, or they could even inflate several seconds as a system check. without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

If, after several seconds, both Charging System Light Malfunction status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there Indicator Lamp may be a problem with the lights A computer system called OBD II or the passenger sensing system. (On-Board Diagnostics-Second See your dealer for service. Generation) monitors operation of the fuel, ignition, and emission { WARNING control systems. It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels If the airbag readiness light ever The charging system light comes on for the life of the vehicle, helping to briefly when the ignition is turned comes on and stays on, it means produce a cleaner environment. on, but the engine is not running, as that something may be wrong a check to show the light is working. with the airbag system. To help The light turns off when the engine avoid injury to yourself or others, is started. If it does not, have the have the vehicle serviced right vehicle serviced by your dealer. away. See Airbag Readiness If the light stays on, or comes on Light on page 5‑11 for more information, including important while driving, there could be a problem with the electrical charging safety information. This light comes on when the system. Have it checked by your ignition is on, but the engine is not dealer. Driving while this light is on running, as a check to show it is could drain the battery. working. If it does not, have the If a short distance must be driven vehicle serviced by your dealer. with the light on, be sure to turn off If the malfunction indicator lamp all accessories, such as the radio comes on and stays on, while the and air conditioner. engine is running, this indicates that there is an OBD II problem and service is required. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Malfunctions often are indicated by Modifications to these systems If the light continues to flash, when the system before any problem is could lead to costly repairs not it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. apparent. Heeding the light can covered by the vehicle warranty. Find a safe place to park. Turn the prevent more serious damage to the This could also result in a failure vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, vehicle. This system assists the to pass a required Emission and restart the engine. If the light is service technician in correctly Inspection/Maintenance test. still flashing, follow the previous diagnosing any malfunction. See Accessories and steps and see your dealer for Notice: If the vehicle is Modifications on page 10‑3. service as soon as possible. continually driven with this light This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission on, the emission controls might malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has not work as well, the vehicle fuel Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle. economy might not be as good, has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be and the engine might not run as increases vehicle emissions and required. smoothly. This could lead to could damage the emission control The following may correct an costly repairs that might not be system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emission system malfunction: covered by the vehicle warranty. and service might be required. . Check that the fuel cap is fully Notice: Modifications made to the The following can prevent more installed. See Filling the Tank on engine, transmission, exhaust, serious damage to the vehicle: page 9‑48. The diagnostic intake, or fuel system of the system can determine if the . Reduce vehicle speed. vehicle or the replacement fuel cap has been left off or of the original tires with other . Avoid hard accelerations. improperly installed. A loose or than those of the same Tire . Avoid steep uphill grades. missing fuel cap allows fuel to Performance Criteria (TPC) evaporate into the atmosphere. can affect the vehicle's emission A few driving trips with the cap controls and can cause properly installed should turn the this light to come on. light off. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

. Check that the electrical system If none of the above have made The vehicle may not pass is not wet. The system could be the light turn off, have your dealer inspection if: wet if the vehicle was driven check the vehicle. The dealer through a deep puddle of water. . The malfunction indicator lamp is has the proper test equipment on with the engine running, or if The condition is usually and diagnostic tools to fix any corrected when the electrical the light does not come on when mechanical or electrical problems the ignition is turned to ON/RUN system dries out. A few driving that might have developed. trips should turn the light off. while the engine is off. Emissions Inspection and . . Check that good quality fuel is The critical emission control used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs systems have not been the engine not to run as Some state/provincial and local completely diagnosed by the efficiently as designed and may governments may have programs system. This can happen if cause: stalling after start-up, to inspect the on-vehicle emission the battery has recently been stalling when the vehicle is control equipment. For the replaced or if the battery has run changed into gear, misfiring, inspection, the emission system down. The diagnostic system hesitation on acceleration, test equipment is connected evaluates critical emission or stumbling on acceleration. to the vehicle’s Data Link control systems during These conditions might go away Connector (DLC). normal driving. This can take once the engine is warmed up. several days of routine driving. If this has been done and the If one or more of these vehicle still does not pass the conditions occurs, change the inspection, your dealer can fuel brand used. It will require at prepare the vehicle for least one full tank of the proper inspection. fuel to turn the light off. See Recommended Fuel on page 9‑44. The DLC is under the instrument panel near the steering wheel. See your dealer if assistance is needed. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

Brake System Warning Electric Parking Brake { WARNING Light Light The vehicle brake system consists The brake system might not be of two hydraulic circuits. If one working properly if the brake circuit is not working, the remaining system warning light is on. circuit can still work to stop the Driving with the brake system vehicle. For normal braking warning light on can lead to a performance, both circuits crash. If the light is still on after need to be working. the vehicle has been pulled off English Metric the road and carefully stopped, If the warning light comes on, there The parking brake status light have the vehicle towed for is a brake problem. Have the brake comes on when the brake is service. system inspected right away. applied. If the light continues flashing after the parking brake If the light comes on while driving, is released, or while driving, a chime sounds. Pull off the road there is a problem with the Electric and stop. The pedal might be harder Parking Brake system. A SERVICE to push or go closer to the floor. PARKING BRAKE message It might also take longer to stop. may also display on the Driver English Metric If the light is still on, have the Information Center (DIC). See Brake vehicle towed for service. See System Messages on page 5‑26 for The Brake System Warning Light Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑74. more information. should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come If the light does not come on, on, have the vehicle serviced by or remains flashing, see your dealer. your dealer. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

Antilock Brake System not antilock brakes. If the regular brake system warning light is also (ABS) Warning Light on, the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See Brake System Warning Light on The brake warning light should page 5‑16. come on briefly when the ignition is See Driver Information Center (DIC) placed in ON/RUN. If it does not on page 5‑22 for all brake related come on, have the vehicle serviced DIC messages. by your dealer. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) light comes on briefly when the If this light comes on, there is a engine is started. Ultrasonic Parking problem with a system on the Sensor Light vehicle that is causing the parking If the light does not come on, have it brake system to work at a reduced fixed so it will be ready to warn if level. The vehicle can still be driven, there is a problem. but should be taken to a dealer as If the ABS light stays on, turn the soon as possible. See Parking ignition off. If the light comes on Brake on page 9‑31 for more while driving, stop as soon as it is information. safely possible and turn the ignition off. A chime may also sound when This light comes on to indicate that the light comes on steady. Then there is a malfunction in the system. start the engine again to reset the See your dealer for service. system. If the ABS light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on vehicle needs service. If the regular page 9‑42 and Driver Information brake system warning light is not Center (DIC) on page 5‑22 for more on, the vehicle still has brakes, but information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

See Traction Control System (TCS) Traction Off Light ® Traction Control System on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light System on page 9‑36 for more information. StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. The Traction Control System (TCS)/ If it does not, have the vehicle StabiliTrak Light comes on briefly serviced by your dealer. If the when the engine is started. system is working normally, the This light comes on when the If the light does not come on, have indicator light then goes off. StabiliTraK system is turned off. the vehicle serviced by the dealer. The traction off light comes on when If the Traction Control System (TCS) If the system is working normally, the Traction Control System (TCS) is off, wheel spin is not limited. the indicator light turns off. has been turned off or if there is a If StabiliTrak is off, the system does If the light is on while certain DIC problem with the TCS. not assist in controlling the vehicle. messages display, this indicates If the light comes on and stays on Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak that the TCS and StabiliTrak while the system is turned on, the system and the warning light systems are not working or are vehicle needs service. turns off. disabled. See Traction Control System (TCS) A message also appears in the ® Driver Information Center (DIC). on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak See Ride Control System Messages System on page 9‑36 for more information. on page 5‑29 for more information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

If the light is on and not flashing, the See StabiliTrak® System on When the Light Is On Steady TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak page 9‑36 and Traction Control This indicates that one or more system have been disabled. Check System (TCS) on page 9‑34 for of the tires are significantly the DIC messages to determine more information. underinflated. which feature(s) is no longer See Ride Control System Messages functioning and whether it is A tire pressure message can on page 5‑29 for more information accompany the light. See Tire because of the driver turning off the on the messages associated with Messages on page 5‑30 for more feature(s), or because the system is this light. not working properly and the vehicle information. Stop as soon as requires service. possible, and inflate the tires to the Tire Pressure Light pressure value shown on the Tire If the TCS is disabled, wheel spin is and Loading Information label. not limited. If the StabiliTrak system See Tire Pressure on page 10‑49 is disabled, the system does not aid for more information. in maintaining directional control of the vehicle. When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the indicator/warning light is on and flashing, the TCS or the This indicates that there may be a StabiliTrak system is actively For vehicles with the Tire Pressure problem with the TPMS. The light working. Check the DIC messages Monitor System (TPMS), this light flashes for about a minute and for details to determine which comes on briefly when the engine stays on steady for the remainder of system is working. If the LOW is started. It provides information the ignition cycle. This sequence TRACTION message appears, the about tire pressures and the TPMS. repeats with every ignition cycle. system is limiting wheel spin. If a See Tire Pressure Monitor message appears in the DIC, the Operation on page 10‑52 for system is aiding in maintaining more information. directional control of the vehicle. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

Engine Oil Pressure Light Low Fuel Warning Light

{ WARNING

Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low. The engine can become so hot that it catches fire. The oil pressure light should come Someone could be burned. Check on briefly as the engine is started. the oil as soon as possible and If it does not come on have the have the vehicle serviced. vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the light comes on and stays on, it Notice: Lack of proper engine oil means that oil is not flowing through maintenance can damage the the engine properly. The vehicle engine. The repairs would not be could be low on oil and might have covered by the vehicle warranty. some other system problem. See This light comes on for a Always follow the maintenance your dealer. few seconds when the ignition is schedule for changing engine oil. turned on as a check to indicate it is working. If it does not come on, have it fixed. The low fuel warning light (A) comes on and a chime sounds periodically when the vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added to the fuel tank. See Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑22 for more information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

Security Light High-Beam On Light The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off. See Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 for more information. Lamps On Reminder

The immobilizer light should come The high-beam on light comes on on briefly as the engine is started. when the high-beam headlamps are If it does not come on, have the in use. vehicle serviced by your dealer. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam If the system is working normally, Changer on page 6 2 for more ‑ For vehicles with the lamps on the indicator light turns off. information. reminder light, it comes on when the This light comes on when the lights are in use. ignition is turned from LOCK/OFF Front Fog Lamp Light to ON/RUN and stays on if the vehicle is immobilized. This happens when an incorrect key or an unprogrammed key is used to start the vehicle. If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent For vehicles with fog lamps, this system. See Vehicle Security on light comes on when the fog lamps page 2‑9 for more information. are in use. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

Cruise Control Light Information Displays DIC Operation and Displays The DIC has different displays Driver Information which can be accessed by using Center (DIC) the DIC buttons located on the turn signal lever located on the left side The Driver Information Center (DIC) of the steering wheel. The DIC displays information about the displays trip, fuel, and vehicle vehicle. It also displays warning system information, and warning The cruise control light is white messages if a system problem is messages if a system problem is whenever the cruise control is set, detected. See Vehicle Messages on detected. page 5 25 for more information. and turns green when the cruise ‑ The bottom of the DIC display All messages appear in the DIC control is active. shows the position of the shift lever display located in the center of the and the odometer. It may also show The light turns off when the cruise instrument panel cluster. control is turned off. See Cruise the direction the vehicle is driving. On some models, the DIC may have Control on page 9‑39 for more In cold weather the DIC display some warning lights or indicators information. may change slowly. This is normal shown in the top portion of the and will move more quickly as the display. See Warning Lights, Door Ajar Light vehicle's interior temperature rises. Gauges, and Indicators on page 5‑7 for more information. The vehicle may also have features that can be customized through the controls on the radio. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑31 for more information. This light comes when a door is open or not securely latched. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu Items Fuel Range Press MENU on the turn signal This display shows the approximate lever until Trip/Fuel Information distance the vehicle can be driven Menu is displayed. Use w x to without refueling. The fuel range scroll through the following menu estimate is based on an average of items: the vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving history and the . Trip 1 amount of fuel remaining in the fuel MENU: Press to get to the Trip/ . Trip 2 tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. Fuel Menu and the Vehicle Information Menu. . Fuel Range Fuel Economy w x (Thumbwheel): Use to scroll . Fuel Economy This display shows both the average fuel economy and the through the items in each menu. . Average Vehicle Speed A small marker will move across the instantaneous fuel economy. . bottom of the page as you scroll Timer They are shown in liters per through the items. This shows . Digital Speedometer 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles where each page is in the menu. per gallon (mpg). . Turn-by-Turn SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Press to set Average fuel economy is or clear the menu item when it is Trip 1 and Trip 2 calculated based on the number of displayed. This display shows the current L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the distance traveled, in either last time this menu item was reset. kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since The average fuel economy can be the last reset for the trip odometer. reset by pressing SET/CLR while The trip odometer can be reset to the Fuel Economy display is zero by pressing SET/CLR while the showing. trip odometer display is showing. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

The instantaneous fuel economy ignition is off. Time will continue to Vehicle Information Menu reflects only the current fuel be counted as long as the ignition is Items economy and changes frequently as on, even if another display is being driving conditions change. Unlike shown on the DIC. The timer will Press MENU on the turn signal average economy, this display record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, lever until Vehicle Information Menu cannot be reset. and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after is displayed. Use w x to scroll which the display will return to zero. through the following menu items: Average Vehicle Speed To stop the timer, press SET/CLR . Unit This display shows the average briefly while Timer is displayed. speed of the vehicle in kilometers To reset the timer to zero, press and . Tire Pressure per hour (km/h) or miles per hold SET/CLR. . Remaining Oil Life hour (mph). This average is calculated based on the various Digital Speedometer Unit vehicle speeds recorded since the The speedometer shows how fast Move to switch between last reset of this value. The average the vehicle is moving in either w x Metric or US when the Unit display speed can be reset by pressing kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle per hour (mph). The speedometer the setting. This will change the Speed display is showing. cannot be reset. displays on the cluster and DIC to Timer Turn-by-Turn either metric or English (US) measurements. This display can be used as a timer. This display is used for the To start the timer, press SET/CLR Navigation System Turn-by-Turn while Timer is displayed. The guidance. See the Navigation display will show the amount of time manual, if the vehicle has that has passed since the timer was navigation, for more information. last reset, not including time the Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Tire Pressure monitoring the oil life, additional Vehicle Messages The display will show a vehicle with maintenance is recommended in the Messages displayed on the DIC the approximate pressures of all Maintenance Schedule in this indicate the status of the vehicle or four tires. Tire pressure is displayed manual. See Scheduled some action that may be needed in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds Maintenance on page 11‑2 for more to correct a condition. Multiple per square inch (psi). See Tire information. messages may display one after Pressure Monitor System on Remember, the Remaining Oil Life the other. page 10‑51 and Tire Pressure display must be reset after each Monitor Operation on page 10‑52 oil change. It will not reset itself. The messages that do not for more information. Also, be careful not to reset the require immediate action can be Remaining Oil Life display acknowledged and cleared by Remaining Oil Life accidentally at any time other than pressing SET/CLR. The messages This display shows an estimate when the oil has just been changed. that require immediate action cannot of the oil's remaining useful life. It cannot be reset accurately until be cleared until that action is If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is the next oil change. To reset the performed. All messages should be displayed, that means 99% of the Engine Oil Life System, press SET/ taken seriously and clearing the current oil life remains. CLR while the Remaining Oil Life messages does not correct the problem. When the remaining oil life is low, display is active. See Engine Oil the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Life System on page 10‑13. message will appear on the display. Compass See Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑28. The oil should be The vehicle has a compass display changed as soon as possible. See in the DIC. See Compass on Engine Oil on page 10‑9. In addition page 5‑4 for more information. to the Engine Oil Life System Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY RELEASE PARK BRAKE Charging Messages CHARGING SYSTEM SWITCH This message is displayed when This message is displayed if the BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE there is a fault in the battery electric parking brake is on while the This message displays when the charging system. Take the vehicle vehicle is in motion. Release it vehicle has detected that the battery to your dealer for service. before you attempt to drive. See voltage is dropping beyond a Parking Brake on page 9‑31 for reasonable point. The battery saver Brake System Messages more information. system starts reducing certain features of the vehicle that you may BRAKE FLUID LOW SERVICE PARKING BRAKE be able to notice. At the point that This message is displayed when the This message is displayed when features are disabled, this message brake fluid level is low. See Brake there is a problem with the electric is displayed. It means that the Fluid on page 10‑26. parking brake. See Parking Brake vehicle is trying to save the charge on page 9‑31 for more information. in the battery. Turn off unnecessary PRESS BRAKE PEDAL TO Take the vehicle to your dealer. accessories to allow the battery to RELEASE PARK BRAKE recharge. This message is displayed if you Compass Messages LOW BATTERY attempt to release the electric CAL parking brake without the brake This message is displayed when the pedal applied. See Parking Brake This message is displayed when the battery voltage is low. See Battery on page 9‑31 for more information. compass needs to be calibrated. on page 10‑27 for more information. See Compass on page 5‑4. ––– Three dashes will be displayed if the compass needs service. See your dealer for service. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

Door Ajar Messages TRUNK OPEN COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD COOLANT DRIVER DOOR OPEN This message will display when the trunk is open. Close the trunk This message will display if the This message will display when the completely. coolant is low. See Engine Coolant driver door is open. Close the door on page 10‑18. completely. Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED — HOOD OPEN Messages IDLE ENGINE This message will display when the A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH This message displays when the hood is open. Close the hood ENGINE TEMP engine coolant temperature is too completely. This message displays when the hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN engine coolant becomes hotter than idle until it cools down. This message will display when the the normal operating temperature. ENGINE OVERHEATED — driver side rear door is open. Close To avoid added strain on a hot STOP ENGINE the door completely. engine, the air conditioning compressor automatically turns off. This message displays and a PASSENGER DOOR OPEN When the coolant temperature continuous chime sounds if the engine cooling system reaches This message will display when the returns to normal, the air conditioning compressor turns back unsafe temperatures for operation. front passenger door is open. Close Stop and turn off the vehicle as the door completely. on. You can continue to drive the vehicle. soon as it is safe to do so to avoid RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN severe damage. This message If this message continues to appear, clears when the engine has cooled This message will display when the have the system repaired by your to a safe operating temperature. passenger side rear door is open. dealer as soon as possible to avoid Close the door completely. damage to the engine. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

HIGH COOLANT ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE Engine Power Messages TEMPERATURE ENGINE ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays if the coolant This message displays when the temperature is hot. See Engine engine oil temperature is too hot. This message displays when the Overheating on page 10‑21. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle vehicle's engine power is reduced. until it cools down. Reduced engine power can affect Engine Oil Messages the vehicle's ability to accelerate. ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL If this message is on, but there CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message displays when the is no reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. This message displays when the engine oil level is too low. Check The performance may be reduced engine oil needs to be changed. the oil level. See Engine Oil on the next time the vehicle is driven. When you change the engine oil, be page 10‑9. The vehicle may be driven at a sure to reset the Oil Life System. OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP reduced speed while this message See Engine Oil Life System on — ENGINE is on, but maximum acceleration page 10 13 and Driver Information ‑ and speed may be reduced. Center (DIC) on page 5 22 for This message displays if low oil ‑ Anytime this message stays on, the information on how to reset the pressure levels occur. Stop the vehicle should be taken to your system. See Engine Oil on vehicle as soon as safely possible dealer for service as soon as page 10 9 and Scheduled and do not operate it until the cause ‑ possible. Maintenance on page 11‑2 of the low oil pressure has been for more information. corrected. Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle Fuel System Messages serviced by your dealer. FUEL LEVEL LOW This message displays when the vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as soon as possible. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

Key and Lock Messages Ride Control System SPORT MODE ON REPLACE BATTERY IN Messages This message displays when using REMOTE KEY the interactive drive control. See SERVICE TRACTION Interactive Drive Control System on This message displays when the CONTROL page 9‑38 for more information. battery in the Remote Keyless Entry This message displays when there TRACTION CONTROL OFF (RKE) transmitter needs to be is a problem with the Traction replaced. Control System (TCS). When this This message displays when the message is displayed, the system Traction Control System (TCS) is Object Detection System will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your turned off. Adjust your driving Messages driving accordingly. See your dealer accordingly. for service. PARK ASSIST OFF TRACTION CONTROL ON SERVICE STABILITRAK This message is displayed when the This message displays when the park assist system has been turned This message displays if there is a Traction Control System (TCS) is ® off. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist problem with the StabiliTrak turned on. on page 9‑42. system. If this message appears, try to reset the system. Stop; turn off Anti-theft Alarm System SERVICE PARK ASSIST the engine for at least 15 seconds; Messages This message is displayed if there then start the engine again. If this is a problem with the park assist message still comes on, it means THEFT ATTEMPTED system. Take the vehicle to your there is a problem. See your dealer This message displays if the vehicle dealer for service. for service. The vehicle is safe to detects a tamper condition. drive; however, you do not have the benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce your speed and drive accordingly. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

Tire Messages The DIC also shows the tire SHIFT TO PARK pressure values. See Driver This message displays when the TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD Information Center (DIC) on transmission needs to be shifted to AIR TO TIRE page 5 22. ‑ P (Park). This may appear when On vehicles with the Tire Pressure SERVICE TIRE MONITOR attempting to remove the key from Monitor System (TPMS), this SYSTEM the vehicle if the vehicle is not in message displays when the P (Park). pressure in one or more of the This message displays if there is a vehicle's tires is low. problem with the Tire Pressure TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire ENGINE The low tire pressure warning light Pressure Monitor Operation on This message displays and a chime will also come on. See Tire page 10‑52 for more information. Pressure Light on page 5‑19. sounds if the transmission fluid in TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the If a tire pressure message appears transmission fluid temperature high on the DIC, stop as soon as you This message displays when the can cause damage to the vehicle. can. Inflate the tires by adding air system is learning new tires. See Stop the vehicle and let it idle to until the tire pressure is equal to Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on allow the transmission to cool. the values shown on the Tire and page 10‑52 for more information. This message clears when the fluid Loading Information label. See Tires temperature reaches a safe level. on page 10‑42, Vehicle Load Limits Transmission Messages on page 9‑12, and Tire Pressure on page 10‑49. SERVICE TRANSMISSION You can receive more than one This message displays if there is tire pressure message at a time. a problem with the transmission. To read the other messages that See your dealer. may have been sent at the same time, press the SET/CLR button. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

Window Messages Vehicle 3. Press the center of the Z knob to select the Vehicle OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER Personalization Settings menu. WINDOW The audio system controls are used The following list of menu items will This message is displayed when the to access the personalization be available: window needs to be reprogrammed. menus for customizing vehicle If the vehicle's battery has been features. . Climate and Air Quality recharged or disconnected, you CONFIG (Configuration): Press . Comfort and Convenience will need to reprogram each front to access the Configuration . Collision/Detection Systems window for the express-up feature Settings Menu. to work. See Power Windows on . Languages Knob: Press the center of page 2‑12 for more information. Z . Lighting this knob to enter the menus and OPEN, THEN CLOSE select menu items. Turn the knob to . Power Door Locks PASSENGER WINDOW scroll through the menus. . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start This message is displayed when the BACK: Press to exit or move . Return to Factory Settings window needs to be reprogrammed. backward in a menu. If the vehicle's battery has been Turn the Z knob to highlight the recharged or disconnected, you Entering the Personalization Menus menu. Press the knob to select it. will need to reprogram each front Each of the menus is detailed in the window for the express-up feature 1. Press CONFIG to access the following information. to work. See Power Windows on Configuration Settings menu. page 2‑12 for more information. 2. Turn the Z knob to highlight Vehicle Settings. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

Climate and Air Quality Air Conditioning Mode vehicle start. The air conditioning system will operate using only the Select the Climate and Air Quality This allows selection of automatic driver's setting until the passenger menu and the following will be start of the air conditioning upon temperature setting is changed. displayed: vehicle start. Selecting On indicates the air conditioning will be on when Selecting Dual Zone or Last Setting . Auto Fan Speed the vehicle is started. Selecting Off will keep the passenger temperature . Air Conditioning Mode turns the air conditioning off each adjustment separate from the driver's setting all the time. . Auto Area Zone Temp time the vehicle is started. Last Setting will resume the last setting Press the Z knob when Auto . Auto Defog when the vehicle was shut off. Area Zone Temp is highlighted. Turn . Auto Rear Defog Press the Z knob when Air the knob to highlight Single Zone, Dual Zone, or Last Setting. Press Auto Fan Speed Conditioning Mode is highlighted. Turn the knob to highlight On, Off, the knob to confirm the selection This allows selection of the or Last Setting. Press the knob to and go back to the last menu. automatic fan speed to run lower or confirm the selection and go back to higher than normal. Auto Defog the last menu. This allows the auto defog to be Press the Z knob when Auto Auto Area Zone Temp turned on or off on dual zone Fan Speed is highlighted to open climate control systems. the menu. Turn the knob to highlight This allows selection of the number High, Medium, or Low. Press the of zones of temperature control Press the Z knob when Auto knob to confirm the selection and upon vehicle start. Selecting Single Defog is highlighted to select On or move back to the last menu. Zone automatically resets the Off. Turn the knob to confirm the passenger temperature setting the selection and move back to the same as the driver's for every last menu. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Auto Rear Defog Collision/Detection Systems Lighting This allows the auto rear defog to Select the Collision/Detection Select the Lighting menu and the be turned on or off. This feature will Systems menu and Park Assist will following will be displayed: automatically turn on the rear be displayed. . Vehicle Locator Lights defogger when it is cold outside. Park Assist . Exit Lighting Press the Z knob when Auto This allows the Ultrasonic Parking Vehicle Locator Lights Rear Defog is highlighted to select Assist feature to be turned on or off. On or Off. Turn the knob to confirm This allows the vehicle locator lights the selection and move back to the Press the Z knob when Park to be turned on or off. last menu. Assist is highlighted to select On or Off. Press BACK to return to the Press the Z knob when Vehicle Comfort and Convenience last menu. Locator Lights is highlighted to Select the Comfort and select On or Off. Turn the knob Convenience menu and Chime Language to confirm and go back to the Volume will be displayed. Select the Language menu and the last menu. following will be displayed: Chime Volume Exit Lighting . English This allows the selection of the This allows the selection of how chime volume level. . Francais long the exterior lamps stay on when leaving the vehicle when it is . Espanol Press the Z knob when Chime dark outside. Volume is highlighted. Turn the knob Turn the knob to select the Z Press the Z knob when Exit to select Normal or High. Press the language. Press BACK to return to Lighting is highlighted. Turn the knob to confirm and go back to the the last menu. last menu. knob to select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Power Door Locks Press the Z knob when Auto Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Select Power Door Locks and the Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start following will be displayed: knob to select All Doors, Driver and the following will be displayed: Door, or Off. Press the knob to . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out confirm and go back to the . Remote Unlock Light Feedback . Auto Door Unlock last menu. . Remote Lock Feedback . Delayed Door Lock Delayed Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out When on, this feature will delay Remote Unlock Light Feedback the locking of the doors until When on, this feature will keep the When on, the exterior lamps will five seconds after the last door is driver door from locking when the flash when unlocking the vehicle closed. You will hear three chimes door is open. If off is selected, the with the RKE transmitter. to signal delayed locking is in use. Delayed Door Lock menu will be Press either the power lock button available and the door will lock as Press the Z knob when or the lock button on the RKE programmed through this menu. Remote Unlock Light Feedback is transmitter twice to override the highlighted to select On or Off. Turn Press the Z knob when Auto delayed locking feature and the knob to confirm and go back to Door Unlock is highlighted to select immediately lock all of the doors. the last menu. On or Off. Turn the knob to confirm Press the knob when and go back to the last menu. Z Delayed Door Lock is highlighted to Auto Door Unlock select On or Off. Press BACK to return to the last menu. This allows selection of which of the doors will automatically unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Remote Lock Feedback Door, the driver door will unlock This allows selection of what type of the first time the unlock button is feedback is given when locking the pressed and all doors will unlock vehicle with the RKE transmitter. when the button is pressed a second time. When set to All Doors, Press the Z knob when all of the doors will unlock at the first Remote Lock Feedback is press of the unlock button. Press highlighted. Turn the knob to select the knob to confirm and go back to Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Horn the last menu. Only, or Off. Press the knob to Return to Factory Settings confirm and go back to the last menu. Select Return to Factory Settings to return all of the vehicle Remote Door Unlock personalization to the default This allows selection of which doors settings. Turn the knob to select Yes will unlock when pressing the unlock or No. Press the knob to confirm button on the RKE transmitter. and go back to the last menu. Press the Z knob when Remote Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the knob to select Driver Door or All Doors. When set to Driver Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Exterior Lighting In Canada, the headlamps will Lighting automatically reactivate once the Exterior Lamp Controls vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) and Exterior Lighting manual transmission vehicles when the parking brake is released. Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Exterior Lamps Off AUTO (Automatic): Automatically Reminder ...... 6-2 turns the exterior lamps on and off, Headlamp High/Low-Beam depending on outside lighting. Changer ...... 6-2 The current status of the AUTO Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 system is displayed in the Driver Daytime Running Information Center (DIC) display. Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 See Driver Information Center (DIC) Automatic Headlamp on page 5‑22. System ...... 6-3 The exterior lamp control is located Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3 ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the on the instrument panel on the Turn and Lane-Change parking lamps together with the outboard side of the steering wheel. Signals ...... 6-3 following: Fog Lamps ...... 6-4 Turn the control to the following . Sidemarker Lamps positions: Interior Lighting . Taillamps Instrument Panel Illumination O (Off): Turns off the exterior . License Plate Lamps Control ...... 6-4 lamps. The knob returns to the Dome Lamps ...... 6-5 AUTO position after it is released. . Instrument Panel Lights Reading Lamps ...... 6-5 Turn to O again to reactivate the AUTO mode. Lighting Features Entry Lighting ...... 6-6 Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-6 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

2 (Headlamps): Turns on the The DRL system turns on the headlamps together with the low-beam headlamps at a reduced following: brightness. For vehicles with High Intensity Discharge (HID) . Sidemarker Lamps headlamps, the dedicated DRL will . Taillamps come on when all of the following conditions are met: . License Plate Lamps This indicator light turns on in the instrument panel cluster when the . The engine is running. . Instrument Panel Lights high‐beam headlamps are on. . The exterior lamp band is . Parking Lamps Flash-to-Pass in AUTO. Exterior Lamps Off . The light sensor determines it is To flash the high beams, pull the daytime. Reminder turn signal/lane change lever toward you, and release. When the DRL are on, the A warning chime sounds if the driver low-beam headlamps will be on. door is opened while the ignition is Daytime Running The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, off and the exterior lamps are on. instrument panel lights, and other Lamps (DRL) lamps will not be on. Headlamp High/ Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can Low-Beam Changer The DRL turn off when the make it easier for others to see the headlamps are turned to O or the front of your vehicle during the day. 2 3 Headlamp High/Low‐Beam ignition is off. Changer: Push the turn signal/lane Fully functional daytime running change lever away from you and lamps are required on all vehicles release, to turn the high beams on. first sold in Canada. To return to low beams, push the lever again or pull it toward you and release. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

Automatic Headlamp When it is bright enough outside, system, to make the front and rear the headlamps will turn off or may turn signal lamps flash on and off. System change to daytime running Press again to turn the flashers off. When the exterior lamp control is lamps (DRL). The hazard warning flashers turn on set to AUTO and it is dark enough The automatic headlamp system automatically if the airbags deploy. outside, the headlamps come on turns off when the exterior lamp automatically. control is turned to O or the ignition Turn and Lane-Change is off. Signals Hazard Warning Flashers

Move the lever all the way up or There is a light sensor located on down to signal a turn. top of the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor. Otherwise the An arrow on the instrument panel headlamps will come on when they cluster flashes in the direction of the are not needed. turn or lane change. The system may also turn on the Raise or lower the lever until the headlamps when driving through a arrow starts to flash to signal a lane parking garage or tunnel. change. Hold it there until the lane | Hazard Warning Flasher: change is completed. If the lever is Press this button located on the briefly pressed and released, the instrument panel above the audio turn signal flashes three times. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

The turn and lane‐change signal Fog Lamps Interior Lighting can be turned off manually by moving the lever back to its original position. Instrument Panel If after signaling a turn or lane Illumination Control change, the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb might be burned out. Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 10‑36. To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition and the headlamps or parking lamps must be on. If the fog lamps are turned on while The brightness of the instrument the exterior lamp switch is in the panel lighting and steering wheel AUTO position, the headlamps controls can be adjusted. come on automatically. D # : Move and hold the : Press to turn on or off. An thumbwheel up or down to brighten indicator light on the instrument or dim the lights. panel cluster comes on when the fog lamps are on. Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

Dome Lamps Reading Lamps There are front and rear reading lamps. The front reading lamps are located in the overhead console.

The interior lamps control located in the overhead console controls both the front and rear interior lamps. To operate: * (Off): Turns the lamps off. # $ 1 : Press to turn each lamp on (Door): Turns the lamps on or off. when any door is opened. The rear reading lamps are located + (On): Keeps the lamps on all in the headliner. the time. The interior lamps turn on automatically if the airbags are deployed. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

Lighting Features Press CONFIG on the audio system Battery Power Protection to call up the menu. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑31. The battery saver feature is Entry Lighting designed to protect the vehicle's The headlamps, taillamps, license Exit Lighting battery. plate lamps, back up lamps, dome To prevent battery discharge while ‐ The headlamps, taillamps, parking lamps, and most of the interior lights driving, the following systems are lamps, back up lamps, and license turn on briefly when the Remote ‐ reduced automatically in two stages plate lamps come on at night, or in and then turned off: Keyless Entry (RKE) K is pressed. areas with limited lighting, when the See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) key is removed from the ignition. . Heated rear window and mirrors System Operation on page 2‑3. The dome lamps also come on . Heated seats When the driver door is opened, all when the key is removed from the control lights, Driver Information ignition. The exterior lamps and . Fan Center (DIC) lights and door dome lamps remain on after the In the second stage, a Driver pocket lights turn on. After about door is closed for a set amount of Information Center (DIC) message 30 seconds the exterior lamps time, then automatically turn off. is displayed confirming the turn off, and then the dome and The exterior lamps turn off activation of the battery discharge remaining interior lights will dim to protection. See Battery Voltage and off. Entry lighting can be disabled immediately by turning the exterior Charging Messages on page 5‑26. manually by changing the ignition lamps control off. out of the OFF position, or by The exit lighting feature can be If the exterior lamps or any interior pressing the RKE Q button. changed. See Vehicle lights are left on and the ignition is Personalization on page 5‑31. turned off, the battery power This feature can be activated or protection system automatically deactivated in the Configuration turns the lamp off after about Settings menu in the Info Display. 10 minutes. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Introduction To minimize taking your eyes off the Infotainment road while driving, do the following System Infotainment while the vehicle is parked: . Become familiar with the Read the following pages to operation and controls of the Introduction become familiar with the audio audio system. Infotainment ...... 7-1 system's features. . Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Set up the tone, speaker adjustments, and preset radio Overview ...... 7-2 { WARNING Operation ...... 7-4 stations. Taking your eyes off the road for For more information, see Defensive Radio extended periods could cause a Driving on page 9‑2. AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 crash resulting in injury or death Satellite Radio ...... 7-10 Notice: Contact your dealer to you or others. Do not give Radio Reception ...... 7-13 before adding any equipment. Backglass Antenna ...... 7-13 extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving. Adding audio or communication Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-14 equipment could interfere with Audio Players the operation of the engine, radio, This system provides access to CD Player ...... 7-14 or other systems, and could many audio and non audio listings. Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-17 ‐ damage them. Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and Phone telephone equipment. Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 7-20 The vehicle has Retained Bluetooth (Infotainment Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, Controls) ...... 7-21 the audio system can be played Bluetooth (Voice even after the ignition is turned off. Recognition) ...... 7-23 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

See Retained Accessory Power Overview (RAP) on page 9‑21 for more information. Navigation System For vehicles with a navigation system, see the separate Navigation System Manual. Theft-Deterrent Feature The theft-deterrent feature works by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to the infotainment system. The infotainment system does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle.

A. RADIO/BAND B. CD/AUX . Changes the band while . Selects the CD player or listening to the radio. an external audio source. . Selects the radio when listening to a different audio source. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

. Radio: Manually selects C. s H. FAV 1/2/3 © radio stations. . . Radio: Seeks the previous Radio: Opens the . CD: Selects tracks. station. favorites list. M. CD Slot . CD: Select the previous I. INFO track or rewinds within a . Radio: Shows available N. BACK track. information about the . Menu: Moves one D. CONFIG current station. level back. . . Opens the Settings menu. CD: Shows available . Character Input: Deletes information about the the last character. E. ¨ \ current track. O. TONE . Radio: Seeks the next J. AS 1/2 . station. Opens the Tone . Radio: Opens the Settings menu. . CD: Selects the next track autostore list. or fast forwards within a P. V / $ K. Z track. . Opens the Phone . Removes a disc from the F. 3 O main menu. CD slot. . Mutes the audio system. . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. L. Z G. Buttons 1 to 6 . Opens menus, highlights menu items, or sets . Radio: Saves and selects numeric values while in favorite stations. a menu. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

Operation For vehicles without OnStar®, press BACK: Press to: V / to mute the infotainment $ . Exit a menu. Controls system. To cancel mute, press V / . Return from a submenu screen The infotainment system is operated again, or turn the 3 O knob. $ to the previous menu screen. by using the pushbuttons, multifunction knobs, menus shown Menu System . Delete the last character in a on the display, and steering wheel Controls sequence. controls, if equipped. The Z knob and the BACK Selecting a Menu Option Turning the System On or Off button are used to navigate the 3 O (Volume/Power): Press to menu system. turn the system on and off. Z (Menu/Select): Press to: Automatic Switch‐Off . Enter the menu system. If the infotainment system has been . Select or activate the highlighted turned on after the ignition is turned menu option. off, the system will turn off 1. Turn the knob to move . Confirm a set value. Z automatically after 10 minutes. the highlighted bar. . Turn a system setting on or off. Volume Control 2. Press the Z knob to select Turn to: 3 O (Volume/Power): Turn to the highlighted option. adjust the volume. . Highlight a menu option. V / $ (Phone/Mute): For vehicles . Select a value. with OnStar®, press and hold V / $ to mute the infotainment system. To cancel mute, press and hold V / $ again, or turn the 3 O knob. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

Submenus Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence

An arrow on the right‐hand edge of 1. Turn the Z knob to change 1. Turn the Z knob to highlight the menu indicates that it has a the current value of the setting. the character. submenu with other options. 2. Press the Z knob to confirm 2. Press the Z knob to select Activating a Setting the setting. the character. Turning a Function On or Off Press the BACK button to delete the last character in the sequence or press and hold to delete the entire character sequence. Audio Settings The audio settings can be set for 1. Turn the Z knob to highlight each radio band and each audio the setting. player source. 1. Turn the Z knob to highlight 2. Press the Z knob to the function. To quickly reset an audio setting activate the setting. value to 0: 2. Press the knob to turn the Z 1. Press the TONE button. function on or off. 2. Select the audio setting. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

3. Press and hold the Z knob Adjusting the Fader and Balance Press the BACK button to go back until the value changes to 0. to the Tone Settings menu. Press the BACK button to go back System Settings to the Tone Settings menu. Auto Volume Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, The auto volume feature and Bass automatically adjusts the radio volume to compensate for road and 1. Press the TONE button. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up 2. Select Fader or Balance. or slows down, so that the volume level is consistent. 3. Select the value. The level of volume compensation Press the BACK button to go back can be selected, or the auto volume to the Tone Settings menu. feature can be turned off. 1. Press the TONE button. Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) 2. Select Treble, Midrange, or Bass. For vehicles that have an equalizer: 3. Select the value. Press the BACK button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Radio Settings. 1. Press the TONE button. 3. Select Auto Volume. 2. Select EQ. 4. Select the setting. 3. Select the setting. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

5. Press the BACK button to go Configuring the Number of Radio back to the System Favorites Pages Configuration menu. AM-FM Radio Maximum Startup Volume Control Buttons The maximum volume played when the radio is first turned on can The buttons used to control the be set. radio are: RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the To configure the number of available radio on and choose between AM, favorites pages: FM, and XM™, if equipped. 1. Press the CONFIG button. Z (Menu/Select): Turn to search for stations and press to 2. Select Radio Settings. navigate the available menus. 3. Select Radio Favorites. 1. Press the CONFIG button. INFO: Press to display additional 4. Select the number of available information that may be available for 2. Select Radio Settings. favorites pages. the current song. 3. Select Maximum Startup 5. Press the BACK button to go s © / ¨ \ : Press to search for Volume. back to the System stations. Configuration menu. 4. Select the setting. Buttons 1 to 6: Press to select 5. Press the BACK button to go preset stations. back to the System FAV 1/2/3: Press to open the Configuration menu. favorites list and select favorites pages. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

AS 1/2: Press to open the Selecting a Band Favorites List autostore list and select autostore Press the RADIO/BAND button to pages. 1. Press the Z knob. choose AM, FM, or XM™, RDS (Radio Data System) if equipped. The last station that 2. Select Favorites List. was playing starts playing again. 3. Select the station. The radio may have RDS. The RDS feature is available for use only on Selecting a Station Station Lists FM stations that broadcast RDS information. This feature only works Seek Tuning 1. Press the Z knob. when the information from the radio If the radio station is not known: 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All station is available. In rare cases, a receivable stations in the current Briefly press s or \ to radio station could broadcast © ¨ reception area are displayed. If a incorrect information that causes the automatically search for the next station list has not been created, radio features to work improperly. available station. If a station is not an automatic station search If this happens, contact the radio found, the radio switches to a more is done. station. sensitive search level. If a station still is not found, the frequency that 3. Select the station. While the radio is tuned to an was last active begins to play. FM-RDS station, the station name Category Lists or call letters display. If the radio station is known: Most stations that broadcast an Radio Menus Press and hold s © or ¨ \ until RDS program‐type code specify the the station on the display is type of programming transmitted. Radio menus are available for AM reached, then release the button. Some stations change the program and FM. type code depending on the Manual Tuning content. The system stores the RDS Push the Z knob to open the stations sorted by program type in main radio menu for that band. Turn the Z knob to select the the FM category list. frequency on the display. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

To search for a programming type To cancel the station search, press Autostore Stations determined by station: the Z knob. AS 1/2 (Autostore): Autostore 1. Press the Z knob. Storing a Station as a Favorite searches and stores six FM and six AM stations with the strongest 2. Select FM Category List. A list of Stations from all bands can be signal. To use autostore: all programming types available stored in any order in the favorite displays. pages. 1. Press RADIO/BAND to select FM or AM. 3. Select the programming type. Up to six stations can be stored in A list of stations that transmit each favorite page and the number 2. Press AS 1/2 for at least programming of the selected of available favorite pages can two seconds. The radio then type displays. be set. searches for available stations. 4. Select the station. 3. The radio automatically stores Storing Stations the six strongest stations found The category lists are updated To store the station to a position in as autostore presets. when the station lists are the list, press the corresponding updated. Press the AS 1/2 button to alternate numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep is between the autostore stations and Updating Station & Category Lists heard. The stored station will begin favorites. playback. If stations stored in the station list AS displays on the radio when using can no longer be received: Retrieving Stations autostore presets. 1. Press the Z knob. Press the FAV 1/2/3 button to open Autostore does not delete a favorite page or to switch to previously stored favorite stations. 2. Select Update AM or FM Station another favorite page. Briefly press List, if the stations stored in the one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve Autostore does not function with XM station list are no longer the station. radio stations. received. A station search will be completed and the first station in the updated list will play. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

Satellite Radio Control Buttons Selecting the XM Band Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite The buttons used to control the XM Press the RADIO/BAND button to Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite radio are: choose between the AM, FM, and Radio subscription can receive XM RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the XM bands. The last channel played programming. radio on and choose between AM, in that band begins to play when that band is selected. XM Satellite Radio Service FM, and XM™, if equipped. XM Categories XM is a satellite radio service based Z (Menu/Select): Turn to search for channels and press to in the 48 contiguous United States XM channels are organized in navigate the available menus. and 10 Canadian provinces. XM categories. Satellite Radio has a wide variety of INFO: Press to display additional Removing or Adding Categories programming and commercial-free information that may be available music, coast to coast, and in about the current song. Channels in a category that have digital-quality sound. A service fee been removed can still be accessed s © / ¨ \ : Press to go to the s \ is required to receive the XM previous or next channel. by using the © or ¨ service. If XM Service needs to be buttons, or the Z knob. reactivated, the radio will display FAV 1/2/3: Press to open the "No Subscription Please Renew" on favorites list and select favorite To add or remove categories: channel XM1. For more information, pages. 1. Press the CONFIG button. contact XM at www.xmradio.com or Buttons 1 to 6: Press to select 2. Select Radio Settings. call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and preset stations. www.xmradio.ca or call 3. Select XM Categories. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. 4. Turn the Z knob to highlight the category. 5. Press the Z knob to remove or add the category. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Selecting an XM Channel To select an XM channel using the Storing an XM Channel as a knob: XM channels can be selected by Z Favorite station lists or category lists. 1. Turn the Z knob to highlight Channels from all bands can be stored in any order in the favorites Selecting a Channel by an XM channel. pages. Station List 2. Press the Z knob to select XM channels can be selected by the channel, or leave the Up to six channels can be stored in channel highlighted. each favorites page and the number using s ©, ¨ \, or the of available favorites pages can Z knob. To select an XM channel using be set. the menu: To select an XM channel using s Storing a Channel as a Favorite or \, do one of the following: 1. Press the knob. © ¨ Z To store the channel to a position in . Press and release s © or ¨ 2. Select XM Stations List. the list, press and hold the \ to go to the previous or next 3. Select the channel. corresponding 1 to 6 button until the channel. channel can be heard again. Selecting a Channel by Category . Press and hold s © or ¨ \ Retrieving Channels to scroll through the previous or 1. Press the Z knob. Press the FAV button to open a next channels until the channel 2. Select XM Category List. A list of favorites page or to change to is reached. all programming types available another favorites page. Briefly press displays. one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the channel. 3. Select the programming type. 4. Select the channel. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

XM Messages No Artist Info: The system is No XM Signal: The system is working properly. No artist working properly. The vehicle may XL (Explicit Language information is available at this time be in a location where the XM signal Channels): These channels, or any on this channel. is being blocked. When the vehicle others, can be blocked by request, is moved into an open area, the by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the No Title Info: The system is signal should return. U.S. and 1-877-438-9677 in working properly. No song title Canada. information is available at this time CAT Not Found: The system is on this channel. working properly. There are no XM Updating: The encryption code channels available for the selected in the receiver is being updated. No No CAT Info: The system is category. action is required. This process working properly. No category should take no longer than information is available at this time XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, 30 seconds. on this channel. this message alternates with the XM Radio eight digit radio ID label. This Loading XM: The audio system is No Information: The system is ‐ label is needed to activate the acquiring and processing audio and working properly. No text or service. text data. No action is needed. This informational messages are message should disappear shortly. available at this time on this Unknown: If this message is channel. received when tuned to channel 0, Channel Off Air: This channel is there could be a receiver fault. not currently in service. Tune in to No Subscription Please Renew: Consult with your dealer. another channel. The XM subscription needs to be reactivated. Contact XM at Check Antenna: If this message Channel Unauth: This channel is www.xmradio.com or call does not clear within a short period blocked or cannot be received with 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and of time, the receiver could have a your XM subscription package. www.xmradio.ca or call fault. Consult with your dealer. Channel Unavailable: This 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. previously assigned channel is no longer assigned. Tune to another station. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

XM Not Available: If this message AM Cellular Phone Usage does not clear within a short period The range for most AM stations is Cellular phone usage may cause of time, the receiver could have a greater than for FM, especially at interference with the vehicle's radio. fault. Consult with your dealer. night. The longer range can cause This interference may occur when station frequencies to interfere making or receiving phone calls, Radio Reception with each other. For better radio charging the phone's battery, or Frequency interference and static reception, most AM radio stations simply having the phone on. This can occur during normal radio boost the power levels during the interference can cause an increased reception if items such as cellular day, and then reduce these levels level of static while listening to the phone chargers, vehicle during the night. Static can also radio. If static is received while convenience accessories, and occur when things like storms and listening to the radio, unplug the external electronic devices are power lines interfere with radio cellular phone and turn it off. plugged into the accessory power reception. When this happens, try outlet. If there is interference or reducing the treble on the radio. Backglass Antenna static, unplug the item from the XM Satellite Radio Service The AM-FM antenna is integrated accessory power outlet. ™ with the rear window defogger, XM satellite radio service gives FM digital radio reception from coast to located in the rear window. Make coast in the 48 contiguous United sure that the inside surface of the FM signals only reach about rear window is not scratched and States, and in Canada. Just as 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although that the lines on the glass are not with FM, tall buildings or hills can the radio has a built-in electronic damaged. If the inside surface is circuit that automatically works to interfere with satellite radio signals, causing the sound to fade in and damaged, it could interfere with reduce interference, some static radio reception. For proper radio out. In addition, traveling or standing can occur, especially around tall reception, the antenna connector buildings or hills, causing the sound under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss needs to be properly attached to the to fade in and out. post on the glass. of the XM signal for a period of time. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

If a cellular telephone antenna Notice: Do not apply aftermarket Audio Players needs to be attached to the glass, glass tinting with metallic film. make sure that the grid lines for the The metallic film in some tinting AM-FM antenna are not damaged. materials will interfere with or CD Player There is enough space between the distort the incoming radio The CD player can play audio CDs grid lines to attach a cellular reception. Any damage caused to and MP3 CDs. telephone antenna without your backglass antenna due to interfering with radio reception. metallic tinting materials will not The CD player will not play 8 cm (3 in) CDs. Notice: Using a razor blade or be covered by the vehicle sharp object to clear the inside warranty. Care of CDs rear window can damage the rear Sound quality can be reduced due window antenna and/or the rear Satellite Radio Antenna to disc quality, recording method, window defogger. Repairs would For vehicles with XM satellite radio quality of the music recorded, and not be covered by the vehicle service, the antenna is located on disc handling. Handle discs carefully warranty. Do not clear the inside the roof of the vehicle. Keep the and store them in their original rear window with sharp objects. antenna clear of obstructions for cases or other protective cases clear radio reception. away from direct sunlight and dust. If the bottom surface of a disc is damaged, the disc may not play properly or at all. Do not touch the bottom surface of a disc while handling it; this could damage the surface. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

If the bottom surface of a disc is Notice: If a label is added to a Z (Eject): Press to eject the disc. dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth, CD, more than one CD is inserted or dampen a clean soft cloth in a into the slot at a time, or an Inserting a CD mild neutral detergent solution attempt is made to play scratched With the printed side facing up, mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe or damaged CDs, the CD player insert a disc into the CD slot until it the disc from the center to the could be damaged. While using is drawn in. outer edge. the CD player, use only CDs in good condition without any label, Removing a CD Care of the CD Player load one CD at a time, and keep Z Do not add a label to a disc; it could the CD player and the loading slot Press the button. get caught in the CD player. If a free of foreign materials, liquids, The disc is pushed out of the label is needed, write on the top of and debris. CD slot. the recorded disc with a marking pen. Control Buttons If the disc is not removed after it is ejected, it is pulled back in after a The buttons used to control the CD Do not use disc lens cleaners few seconds. because they could contaminate the player are: lens of the disc optics and damage CD/AUX: Press to use the CD Playing a CD or MP3 CD the CD player. player. Press the CD/AUX button if there is s © / ¨ \ : Press to select a disc in the player; it begins tracks or to fast rewind or forward playing. within a track. Information about the disc and INFO: Press to display additional current track is shown on the information about the current track display depending on the data that may be available. stored. Z (Menu/Select): Turn to select tracks. Press to enter the CD menu and select items. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

Selecting a CD Track Selecting an MP3 Track Tracks can be searched by: Using the control buttons: Using the control buttons: . Playlists . Press the s © or ¨ \ button . Press the s © or ¨ \ button . Artists to select the previous or next to select the previous or next . Albums track. track. . Song Titles . . Turn the Z knob. Turn the Z knob. . Genres Using the CD Menu: Using the CD Menu: . Folder View 1. Press the Z knob. 1. Press the Z knob. To search for tracks: 2. Select Tracks list. 2. Select Playlists/Folders. 1. Press the Z knob. 3. Select the track. 3. Select the playlist or folder. 2. Select Search. Playing Tracks in Random Order 4. Select the track. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Song Titles, Genres, Press the knob and then set Searching for MP3 Tracks Z or Folder View. Shuffle Songs to On. The search feature may take some 4. Select the track. Fast Forward and Rewind time to display the information after reading the disc due to the amount Press and hold ¨ \ or s © to of information stored on the disc. fast forward or rewind within the FM automatically plays while the current track. disc is being read. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

Auxiliary Devices Portable devices are controlled by USB Port using the menu system described in For vehicles with a USB port, the This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm Operation on page 7‑4. (1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and a following devices may be connected USB port, located in the center Using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) and controlled by the infotainment console. Some portable audio Auxiliary Input Jack system: ® devices such as iPods , MP3 . Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to iPods players, and USB storage devices the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary input . can be connected to the vehicle PlaysForSure Devices (PFD) jack to use a portable audio player. using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable or a . USB Drives Playback of an audio device that is USB cable. . ® connected to the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) Zunes auxiliary input jack can only be Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, controlled using the controls on the and Zunes are compatible with the device. infotainment system. Adjusting the Volume Connecting and Controlling ® Turn the 3 O knob to adjust the an iPod volume of the infotainment system Not all iPods can be controlled by after the volume level has been set the infotainment system. on the portable audio device. Connecting an iPod Connect the iPod to the USB port. Searching for a Track A. USB port Tracks can be searched for by: B. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary input jack . Playlists . Artists Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

. Albums Repeat . Podcasts . Song Titles . Genres Press the Z knob and set . Podcasts Repeat to On or Off, then press the To search for tracks: BACK button to return the main . Genres 1. Press the knob. screen. Z . Audiobooks On: Repeats the current track. 2. Select Search. . Composers Off: Starts playing from the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, To search for tracks: beginning of the current track after Song Titles, Podcasts, or Genres. 1. Press the Z knob. the last track finishes. 4. Select the track. 2. Select Search. Connecting and Controlling a PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Shuffle 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, or Zune® Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, Press the Z knob and set Audiobooks, or Composers. Connecting a PFD or Zune Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Off. 4. Select the track. Connect the PFD or Zune to the USB port. On: Plays current tracks in random Shuffle order. Searching for a Track Press the Z knob and set Off: Plays current tracks in Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Tracks can be searched for by: sequential order. Off, then press the BACK button to . Playlists return the main screen. Repeat . Artists On: Plays tracks in the current Press the Z knob and set folder in random order. . Albums Repeat to On or Off. Off: Plays tracks in the current . Song Titles Repeat On: Repeats the current folder in sequential order. track. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

Repeat Off: Starts playing from the Files that do not have any meta Shuffle beginning of the current track after data stored in the ID3 tag display as the last track finishes. Unknown. Press the Z knob and set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On Connecting and Controlling a Tracks can be searched for by: or Off. USB Drive . Playlists* On: Plays current tracks in random The infotainment system can only . Artists order. play back .mp3 and .wma files from . Albums Off: Plays current tracks in a USB drive. sequential order. . Song Titles Only the first 2,500 songs are Repeat recognized on the device. . Genres When a device is not supported, the . Folder View Press the Z knob and set Repeat to On or Off. message “No supported data found. *This only displays if a playlist is You can safely disconnect the found on the device. Repeat On: Repeats the current device” appears. track. To search for tracks: Connecting a USB Drive Repeat Off: Starts playing from the 1. Press the knob. Connect the USB drive to the Z beginning of the current track after USB port. 2. Select Search. the last track finishes. Searching for a Track 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Song Titles, Genres, It is normal for the search feature to or Folder View. take some time to display the information after reading the device 4. Select the track. due to the amount of information stored. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

Phone Steering Wheel Controls When to Speak: A tone sounds to b /g (Push to Talk): Press to indicate that the system is ready for Bluetooth (Overview) answer incoming calls, confirm a voice command. Wait for the tone system information, and start voice and then speak. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system recognition. How to Speak: Speak clearly in a can use a Bluetooth‐capable cell calm and natural voice. phone with a Hands‐Free Profile to $ /i (Mute/End Call): Press to make and receive phone calls. The end a call, reject a call, or cancel an Audio System operation. infotainment system and voice When using the Bluetooth system, recognition are used to control the Infotainment System Controls sound comes through the vehicle's system. The system can be used front audio system speakers and while the ignition is in ON/RUN or For information about how to navigate the menu system using the overrides the audio system. Use the ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of 3 / O knob during a call to the Bluetooth system can be up to infotainment controls, see Operation on page 7‑4. change the volume level. The 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support adjusted volume level remains in all functions and not all phones work V /$ (Phone): Press to enter the memory for later calls. The system with the Bluetooth system. See Phone main menu. maintains a minimum volume level. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more information about compatible Voice Recognition Other Information phones. The voice recognition system uses The Bluetooth® word mark and Bluetooth Controls commands to control the system logos are owned by Bluetooth® SIG, and dial phone numbers. Inc. and any use of such marks by Use the buttons located on the Noise: The system may not General Motors is under license. infotainment system and the recognize voice commands if there Other trademarks and trade names steering wheel to operate the is too much background noise. are those of their respective owners. Bluetooth system. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

See Radio Frequency Statement on The pairing process can be started Pairing a Phone page 13‑15 for Federal by using the voice recognition 1. Press the CONFIG button. Communications Commission (FCC) system or the controls on the rules and Industry Canada infotainment system. 2. Select Phone Settings. Standards. Pairing information: 3. Select Bluetooth. Bluetooth (Infotainment . Up to five cell phones can be 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). paired to the Bluetooth system. A four‐digit Personal Controls) Identification Number (PIN) . The pairing process is disabled appears on the display. For information about how to when the vehicle is moving. navigate the menu system using the If the Add new GPS device . “ ” infotainment controls, see Operation The Bluetooth system links with option is selected, the system on page 7‑4. the first available paired cell will start a search for Bluetooth phone in the order the phone “Hands‐free” profile devices just Pairing was paired. like if “Add new Phone” was A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone . Only one paired cell phone can selected. The additional GPS must be paired to the Bluetooth be connected to the Bluetooth location feature which would system first and then connected to system at a time. provide the vehicle's GPS the vehicle before it can be used. location through the Bluetooth . Pairing should only need to be See the cell phone manufacturer's completed once, unless changes Serial Port Profile is not user guide for Bluetooth functions to the pairing information have available. before pairing the cell phone. If a been made or the phone is 5. Start the pairing process on the Bluetooth phone is not connected, deleted. cell phone that will be paired to calls can be made using OnStar® the vehicle. Reference the cell Hands Free Calling, if available. To link to a different paired phone, ‐ phone manufacturer's user guide Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guide see “Linking to a Different Phone” for information on this process. for more information. later in this section. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

Locate the device named Deleting a Paired Phone Making a Call “General Motors” or “Your 1. Press the CONFIG button. V Vehicle” in the list on the cell 1. Press the / $ button twice. phone and follow the instructions 2. Select Phone Settings. 2. Enter the character sequence. on the cell phone to enter the 3. Select Bluetooth. See “Entering a Character four‐digit PIN provided by the 4. Select Device List. Sequence” in Operation on system. page 7‑4 for more information. 5. Select the phone to delete and 6. The system prompts for a name 3. Select Call to start dialing the follow the on screen prompts. for the phone and confirms the ‐ number. name provided. This name is Linking to a Different Phone used to indicate which phone is Accepting or Declining a Call connected. To link to a different phone, the new phone must be in the vehicle and When a call is received, the 7. The system responds with available to be connected to the infotainment system mutes and a “ has been Bluetooth system before the ring tone is heard in the vehicle. successfully paired after the ” process is started. Accepting a Call pairing process is complete. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 to pair Turn the Z knob to Answer and additional phones. 2. Select Phone Settings. press the Z knob. 3. Select Bluetooth. Listing All Paired and Connected Declining a Call Phones 4. Select Device List. Turn the Z knob to Decline and 1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Select the new phone to link to press the Z knob. 2. Select Phone Settings. and follow the on‐screen prompts. Call Waiting 3. Select Bluetooth. If delete is selected, the Call waiting must be supported on 4. Select Device List. highlighted phone will be the Bluetooth phone and enabled by deleted. the wireless service carrier to work. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

Accepting a Call 3. Enter the character sequence Dual Tone Multi-Frequency then select Call. See “Entering (DTMF) Tones Turn the knob to Answer and Z a Character Sequence” in The in vehicle Bluetooth system can press the Z knob. Operation on page 7‑4 for more ‐ information. send numbers during a call. This is Declining a Call used when calling a menu‐driven 4. After the call has been placed, phone system. Turn the Z knob to Decline and press the Z knob and select press the Z knob. Merge Calls. 1. Press the Z knob and select Enter Number. Switching Between Calls 5. To add more callers to the (Call Waiting Calls Only) conference call, repeat Steps 1 2. Enter the character sequence; see “Entering a Character To switch between calls: through 4. The number of callers who can be added is limited by Sequence” in Operation on page 7 4 for more information. 1. Press the Z knob. your wireless service carrier. ‑ 2. Select Switch Call from Ending a Call Bluetooth (Voice the menu. Press the Z knob and select Recognition) Conference Calling Hang Up. Pairing Conference calling and three‐way Muting a Call calling must be supported on the A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone Bluetooth phone and enabled by the To Mute a Call must be paired to the Bluetooth wireless service carrier to work. system and then connected to the Press the Z knob and select vehicle before it can be used. See To start a conference while in a Mute Call. the cell phone manufacturer's user current call: guide for Bluetooth functions before To Cancel Mute pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth 1. Press the knob. Z phone is not connected, calls can Press the Z knob and select ® 2. Select Enter Number. Mute Call. be made using OnStar Hands‐Free Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

Calling, if available. Refer to the To link to a different paired phone, 4. Start the pairing process on the OnStar Owner's Guide for more see “Linking to a Different Phone” cell phone that will be paired to information. later in this section. the vehicle. Reference the cell phone manufacturer's user guide The pairing process can be started Pairing a Phone by using the voice recognition for information on this process. system or the controls on the 1. Press b / g. Locate the device named infotainment system. . For vehicles without a “General Motors” or “Your Pairing information: navigation system, the Vehicle” in the list on the cell system responds Ready, phone and follow the instructions . “ ” Up to five cell phones can be followed by a tone. on the cell phone to enter the paired to the Bluetooth system. four‐digit PIN that was provided . For vehicles with a . in Step 3. The pairing process is disabled navigation system, the when the vehicle is moving. system responds with a 5. The system prompts for a name . The Bluetooth system links with tone. After the tone, say for the phone. This name will be the first available paired cell “Hands Free.” The system used to indicate which phone is phone in the order the phone responds “Ready,” followed connected. The system confirms was paired. by a tone. the name. . Only one paired cell phone can 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system 6. The system responds with be connected to the Bluetooth responds “Bluetooth ready,” “ has been system at a time. followed by a tone. successfully paired” after the pairing process is complete. . Pairing only needs to be 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds completed once, unless the with instructions and a four‐digit 7. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for pairing information changes or Personal Identification Number additional phones to be paired. the phone is deleted. (PIN). The PIN will be used in Step 4. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

Listing All Paired and Connected Deleting a Paired Phone “Would you like to delete ? Yes or No,” followed by 1. Press b / g. a tone. 1. Press b / g. . For vehicles without a 5. Say “Yes” to delete the phone. . For vehicles without a navigation system, the The system responds “OK, navigation system, the system responds “Ready,” deleting .” system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. followed by a tone. Linking to a Different Phone . For vehicles with a . For vehicles with a navigation system, the 1. Press b / g. navigation system, the system responds with a . system responds with a tone. After the tone, say For vehicles without a navigation system, the tone. After the tone, say “Hands Free.” The system system responds Ready, “Hands Free.” The system responds “Ready,” followed “ ” followed by a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. by a tone. . For vehicles with a 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system navigation system, the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system responds “Bluetooth ready,” system responds with a responds “Bluetooth ready,” followed by a tone. followed by a tone. tone. After the tone, say 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks “Hands Free.” The system 3. Say “List.” The system lists all which phone to delete followed responds “Ready,” followed paired Bluetooth devices. The by a tone. by a tone. system will respond “is 4. Say the name of the phone to be 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system connected” if a phone is deleted. If the phone name is connected to the vehicle. responds “Bluetooth ready,” unknown, use the “List” followed by a tone. command for a list of all paired phones. The system responds Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

3. Say “Change phone.” The Using the Store Command . If the system does not recognize the phone system responds “Please wait The store command allows a phone while I search for other phones.” number, the response is number to be stored without “Store .” . If another phone is found, entering the digits individually. “Please say yes or no.” If the response will be 1. Press b / g. the number is correct, say “ is now “Yes.” If the number is not connected.” . For vehicles without a correct, say “No.” The . If another phone is not navigation system, the system will ask for the found, the original phone system responds “Ready,” number again. followed by a tone. remains connected. 4. After the system stores the . Storing Name Tags For vehicles with a phone number, it responds navigation system, the “Please say the name tag,” The system can store up to system responds with a followed by a tone. 30 phone numbers as name tags tone. After the tone, say 5. Say a name tag for the phone that are shared between the “Hands Free.” The system number. The name tag is Bluetooth and OnStar systems. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. recorded and the system The system uses the following responds “About to store . Does that sound OK?” phone numbers: responds “Store, number . If the name tag does not please,” followed by a tone. . Store sound correct, say “No” and . Digit Store 3. Say the complete phone number repeat Step 5. to be stored without pausing. . Directory . If the name tag sounds . If the system recognizes correct, say “Yes” and the the number, the response is name tag is stored. After “OK, Storing.” Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

the number is stored, the 3. Say the first digit to be stored. . If the name tag sounds system returns to the The system will repeat back the correct, say “Yes” and the main menu. digit it heard followed by a tone. name tag is stored. After Continue entering digits until the the number is stored, the Using the Digit Store Command number to be stored is complete. system returns to the The digit store command allows a main menu. . If an unwanted number is phone number to be stored by recognized by the system, Using the Directory Command entering the digits individually. say “Clear” at any time to The directory command lists all of 1. Press b / g. clear the last number. the name tags stored by the system. . For vehicles without a . To hear all of the numbers To use the directory command: recognized by the system, navigation system, the 1. Press b / g. system responds “Ready,” say “Verify” at any time. . followed by a tone. 4. After the complete number has For vehicles without a navigation system, the . been entered, say “Store.” The For vehicles with a system responds Ready, system responds “Please say “ ” navigation system, the followed by a tone. system responds with a the name tag,” followed by tone. After the tone, say a tone. . For vehicles with a “Hands Free.” The system 5. Say a name tag for the phone navigation system, the responds “Ready,” followed number. The name tag is system responds with a by a tone. recorded and the system tone. After the tone, say Hands Free. The system responds “About to store . Does that sound OK?” “ ” responds with “Please say the by a tone. first digit to store,” followed by . If the name tag does not a tone. sound correct, say “No” and repeat Step 5. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

2. Say “Directory.” The system “Hands Free.” The system Using the Delete All Name Tags responds “Directory” and lists all responds “Ready,” followed Command stored name tags. The system by a tone. The delete all name tags command returns to the main menu when 2. Say “Delete.” The system deletes all stored phone book name the list is complete. responds “Delete, please say tags and route name tags for Deleting Name Tags the name tag,” followed by OnStar, if stored. a tone. The system uses the following To delete all name tags: 3. Say the name tag to be deleted. commands to delete name tags: 1. Press / . The system responds “Would b g . Delete you like to delete, ? . For vehicles without a . Delete all name tags Please say yes or no.” navigation system, the system responds Ready, Using the Delete Command . If the name tag is correct, “ ” say “Yes” to delete the followed by a tone. The delete command is used to name tag. The system . For vehicles with a delete specific name tags. responds with “OK, deleting navigation system, the To delete name tags: , returning to system responds with a the main menu.” tone. After the tone, say 1. Press b / g. . If the name tag is incorrect, “Hands Free.” The system . For vehicles without a say “No.” The system responds “Ready,” followed navigation system, the responds with “No. OK, let's by a tone. system responds “Ready,” try again, please say the followed by a tone. name tag.” . For vehicles with a navigation system, the system responds with a tone. After the tone, say Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

2. Say “Delete all name tags.” The Using the Dial Command . If the system does not system responds “You are about recognize the number, it to delete all name tags stored in 1. Press b / g. confirms the numbers your phone directory and your . For vehicles without a followed by a tone. If the route destination directory. Are navigation system, the number is correct, say Yes. The system responds you sure you want to do this? system responds “Ready,” “ ” Please say yes or no.” followed by a tone. “OK, Dialing” and dials the number. If the number is . Say “Yes” to delete all . For vehicles with a not correct, say “No.” The name tags. navigation system, the system will ask for the . Say “No” to cancel the system responds with a number again. function and return to the tone. After the tone, say Using the Digit Dial Command main menu. “Hands Free.” The system responds “Ready,” followed 1. Press b / g. Making a Call by a tone. . For vehicles without a Calls can be made using the 2. Say Dial. The system responds “ ” navigation system, the following commands: Dial using . “ system responds Ready, Number please, followed by “ ” . Dial ” followed by a tone. a tone. . Digit Dial . For vehicles with a 3. Say the entire number without navigation system, the . Call pausing. system responds with a . Re‐dial . If the system recognizes tone. After the tone, say the number, it responds “Hands Free.” The system with “OK, Dialing” and dials responds “Ready,” followed the number. by a tone. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

2. Say “Digit Dial.” The system Using the Call Command . If the system does not responds “Digit dial using recognize the name tag, it , please say the 1. Press b / g. confirms the name tag first digit to dial,” followed by . For vehicles without a followed by a tone. If the a tone. navigation system, the name tag is correct, say “Yes.” The system responds 3. Say the digits to be dialed one at system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. with “OK, calling ” and dials the number. the digit it heard followed by . For vehicles with a If the name tag is not a tone. navigation system, the correct, say “No.” The 4. Continue entering digits until the system responds with a system will ask for the number to be dialed is complete. tone. After the tone, say name tag again. “Hands Free.” The system After the entire number has been Once connected, the person called entered, say “Dial.” The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. will be heard through the audio responds “OK, Dialing” and dials speakers. the number. 2. Say “Call.” The system responds Using the Re dial Command . If an unwanted number is “Call using . ‐ recognized by the system, Please say the name tag,” 1. Press b / g. say “Clear” at any time to followed by a tone. . For vehicles without a clear the last number. 3. Say the name tag of the person navigation system, the to call. . To hear all of the numbers system responds “Ready,” recognized by the system, . If the system recognizes followed by a tone. say “Verify” at any time. the name tag, it responds . For vehicles with a OK, calling “ ” navigation system, the and dials the number. system responds with a tone. After the tone, say Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

“Hands Free.” The system Call Waiting 2. Say “Three‐way call.” The responds Ready, followed system responds with “ ” Call waiting must be supported on by a tone. Three way call, please the Bluetooth phone and enabled by “ ‐ say dial or call. 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” The the wireless service carrier. ” system responds “Re‐dial using 3. Use the dial or call command to ” and dials the . Press b / g to answer an dial the number of the third party last number called from the incoming call when another call to be called. connected Bluetooth phone. is active. The original call is placed on hold. 4. Once the call is connected, Once connected, the person called press b / g to link all callers will be heard through the audio . Press b / g again to return to together. speakers. the original call. Ending a Call Receiving a Call . To ignore the incoming call, no action is required. Press / to end a call. When an incoming call is received, $ i the audio system mutes and a ring . Press $ / i to disconnect the Muting a Call tone is heard in the vehicle. current call and switch to the call During a call, all sounds from inside on hold. . Press b / g. the vehicle can be muted so that the Three‐Way Calling person on the other end of the call . Press $ / i to ignore a call. cannot hear them. Three‐way calling must be supported on the Bluetooth phone To Mute a call and enabled by the wireless service carrier. 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by 1. While on a call, press b / g. a tone. The system responds with 2. Say “Mute Call.” The system Ready, followed by a tone. “ ” responds “Call muted.” Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

To Cancel Mute To Transfer Audio to the In-Vehicle Voice Pass-Thru Bluetooth System 1. Press b / g. The system Voice pass‐thru allows access to the responds “Ready,” followed by The cell phone must be paired and voice recognition commands on the a tone. connected with the Bluetooth cell phone. See the cell phone system before a call can be manufacturer's user guide to see if 2. After the tone, say “Mute Call.” transferred. The connection process the cell phone supports this feature. The system responds can take up to two minutes after the To access contacts stored in the cell “Resuming call.” ignition is turned to ON/RUN or phone: Transferring a Call ACC/ACCESSORY. 1. Press b / g. Audio can be transferred between For vehicles without a navigation the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system and system, press b / g during a call . For vehicles without a the cell phone. with the audio on the cell phone. navigation system, the The audio transfers to the vehicle. system responds “Ready,” To Transfer Audio to the Cell followed by a tone. Phone For vehicles with a navigation system, press b / g during a call . For vehicles with a During a call with the audio in the navigation system, the vehicle: with the audio on the cell phone. If the audio does not transfer to the system responds with a 1. Press b / g. The system vehicle, use the audio transfer tone. After the tone, say Hands Free. The system responds “Ready,” followed by feature on the cell phone. See the “ ” a tone. cell phone manufacturer's user responds “Ready,” followed guide for more information. by a tone. 2. Say “Transfer Call.” The system 2. Say Bluetooth. The system responds “Transferring call” and “ ” the audio transfers to the cell responds “Bluetooth ready,” phone. followed by a tone. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

3. Say “Voice.” The system 3. Say the number to send. 3. Say the name tag to send. responds OK, accessing “ . If the system recognizes . If the system recognizes .” the number, it responds the number, it responds The cell phone's normal prompt “OK, Sending Number” and “OK, Sending ” messages will go through their the dial tones are sent and and the dial tones are sent cycle according to the phone's the call continues. and the call continues. operating instructions. . If the system does not . If the system does not Dual Tone Multi-Frequency recognize the number, it recognize the name tag, it (DTMF) Tones responds “Dial Number, responds “Dial , please say yes or no?,” please say yes or no?,” The in‐vehicle Bluetooth system can followed by a tone. If the followed by a tone. If the send numbers and the numbers number is correct, say name tag is correct, say stored as name tags during a call. “Yes.” The system responds “Yes.” The system responds Use this feature when calling a “OK, Sending Number” and with “OK, Sending ” and the dial tones are Account numbers can also be the call continues. sent and the call continues. stored for use. Sending a Stored Name Tag Clearing the System Sending a Number During a Call During a Call Unless information is deleted out of 1. Press b / g. The system 1. Press b / g. The system the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it responds “Ready,” followed by responds “Ready,” followed by will be retained indefinitely. This a tone. a tone. includes all saved name tags in the phone book and phone pairing 2. Say “Dial.” The system responds 2. Say “Send name tag.” The information. For information on how “Say a number to send tones,” system responds “Say a name to delete this information, see the followed by a tone. tag to send tones, followed by ” previous sections on “Deleting a a tone. Paired Phone“ and “Deleting Name Tags.” Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

2 NOTES Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Dual Automatic Climate Control this system. System ...... 8-1 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-4 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 8-4

A. Air Conditioning F. Defrost B. Driver and Passenger G. Recirculation Temperature Controls H. Fan Controls C. Heated Seats I. AUTO (Automatic Mode) D. Air Delivery Modes J. Rear Defogger E. Climate Display Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation Manual Operation Air Delivery Modes: Press [, Y, The system automatically controls Driver and Passenger or 8 to change the direction of the the fan speed, air delivery, air Temperature Control: The airflow. An indicator light comes on conditioning, and recirculation in temperature can be adjusted in the selected mode button. order to heat or cool the vehicle to separately for the driver and the desired temperature. passenger. Changing the mode cancels the automatic operation and the system When the indicator light is on, the Turn the knob clockwise or goes into manual mode. Press system is in full automatic operation. counterclockwise to increase or AUTO to return to automatic If the air delivery mode or fan decrease the driver or passenger operation. setting is manually adjusted, the temperature setting. [ (Floor): Air is directed to the auto indicator turns off and displays Fan Control: Press the left will show the selected settings. floor outlets. fan button to decrease the Y To place the system in fan speed. Press the right fan (Vent): Air is directed to the automatic mode: button to increase the fan speed. instrument panel outlets. 8 1. Press AUTO. The selected fan speed is indicated (Upper): Air is directed to the by the number of segments shown windshield outlets. 2. Set the temperature. Allow in the display. the system time to stabilize. 0 (Defrost): Press to clear the Then adjust the temperature as Pressing the left fan button longer windshield of fog or frost more needed for best comfort. turns the fan off. quickly. Air is directed to the windshield. English units can be changed to Press AUTO to return to automatic metric units through the Driver operation. # (Air Conditioning): Press to Information Center (DIC). See turn the automatic air conditioning Vehicle Personalization on on or off. If the fan is turned off or the outside temperature falls below page 5‑31. freezing, the air conditioner will not run. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

Press AUTO to return to automatic For vehicles with heated outside Sensors operation and the air conditioner rearview mirrors, they turn on with The solar sensor located on top of runs as needed. When the indicator the rear window defogger and help the instrument panel near the light is on, the air conditioner runs to clear fog or frost from the surface windshield monitors the solar heat. automatically to cool the air inside of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors on the vehicle or to dry the air needed page 2‑11. The climate control system uses the sensor information to to defog the windshield faster. Notice: Do not try to clear frost adjust the temperature, fan speed, (Recirculation): Press to turn or other material from the inside h recirculation, and air delivery mode on recirculation. An indicator light of the front windshield and rear for best comfort. comes on. Air is recirculated to window with a razor blade or quickly cool the inside of the vehicle anything else that is sharp. This If the sensor is covered, the or prevent outside air and odors may damage the rear window automatic climate control system from entering. defogger grid and affect your may not work properly. radio's ability to pick up stations Rear Window Defogger clearly. The repairs wouldn't be = (Rear Window Defogger): covered by your warranty. Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off. The rear window defogger turns off automatically after about 10 minutes. If turned on again, it runs for about five minutes before turning off. At higher speeds, the rear window defogger may stay on continuously. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Air Vents Maintenance 2. Open the glove box door and remove the attached screws Use the louvers located on the air from around the glove box. vents to change the direction of the Passenger Compartment 3. Lower the loosened glove box airflow. Air Filter housing. To open a vent, move the The filter removes dust, pollen, and 4. Unplug both wire cables and thumbwheel to | . To close the vent, other airborne irritants from outside remove the glove box. move the thumbwheel to 9. air that is pulled into the vehicle. Operation Tips The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. . Keep all outlets open whenever See Scheduled Maintenance on possible for best system page 11‑2 for replacement intervals. performance. To find out what type of filter to use, . Keep the paths under all seats see Maintenance Replacement clear of objects to help circulate Parts on page 11‑8. the air inside the vehicle more The passenger compartment air effectively. filter can be accessed by removing . Use of non-GM approved hood the entire glove box. deflectors can adversely affect 1. Open the passenger side door. the performance of the system. Remove the end cover located on the side of the instrument 5. Pull the three tabs to release panel in the top right corner. and open the filter door. Remove the screw affixed to the side of the glove box. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

6. Remove the old air filter. 7. Install the new air filter. 8. Reinstall the air filter door. Re‐install the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

2 NOTES Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Starting and Operating Manual Transmission Driving and New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-16 Manual Transmission ...... 9-29 Operating Ignition Positions ...... 9-17 Starting the Engine ...... 9-18 Brakes Engine Heater ...... 9-20 Antilock Brake Driving Information Retained Accessory System (ABS) ...... 9-30 Parking Brake ...... 9-31 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Power (RAP) ...... 9-21 Shifting Into Park (Automatic Brake Assist ...... 9-33 Drunk Driving ...... 9-2 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-34 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Transmission) ...... 9-21 Braking ...... 9-3 Shifting out of Park (Automatic Ride Control Systems Steering ...... 9-4 Transmission) ...... 9-22 Traction Control Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-6 Parking ...... 9-23 System (TCS) ...... 9-34 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Parking over Things StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-36 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-7 That Burn ...... 9-23 Interactive Drive Control Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-8 Engine Exhaust System ...... 9-38 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-8 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-24 Winter Driving ...... 9-9 Cruise Control Running the Vehicle While Cruise Control ...... 9-39 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-11 Parked ...... 9-24 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-12 Object Detection Systems Automatic Transmission Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-42 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-25 Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Fuel Driving Information Fuel ...... 9-44 WARNING (Continued) Recommended Fuel ...... 9-44 Driver distraction can cause Gasoline Specifications (U.S. Defensive Driving collisions resulting in injury or and Canada Only) ...... 9-45 Defensive driving means always “ possible death. These simple California Fuel expect the unexpected.” The first Requirements ...... 9-45 step in driving defensively is to wear defensive driving techniques Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-45 the safety belt. See Safety Belts on could save your life. Fuel Additives ...... 9-46 page 3‑11. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-47 Drunk Driving Filling the Tank ...... 9-48 { WARNING Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 9-49 Assume that other road users { WARNING Towing (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other Drinking and then driving is General Towing drivers) are going to be careless very dangerous. Your reflexes, Information ...... 9-50 and make mistakes. Anticipate perceptions, attentiveness, and what they might do and be ready. judgment can be affected by even Conversions and Add-Ons In addition: Add-On Electrical a small amount of alcohol. You Equipment ...... 9-50 . Allow enough following can have a serious — or even distance between you and fatal — collision if you drive after the driver in front of you. drinking. . Focus on the task of driving. Do not drink and drive or ride with (Continued) a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will not drink. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

Death and injury associated with Medical research shows that Braking drinking and driving is a global alcohol in a person's system tragedy. can make crash injuries worse, See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑16. Alcohol affects four things that especially injuries to the brain, anyone needs to drive a vehicle: spinal cord, or heart. This means Braking action involves perception judgment, muscular coordination, that when anyone who has been time and reaction time. Deciding vision, and attentiveness. drinking — driver or passenger — is to push the brake pedal is in a crash, that person's chance of perception time. Actually doing Police records show that being killed or permanently disabled it is reaction time. almost 40 percent of all motor is higher than if the person had not vehicle-related deaths involve been drinking. Average reaction time is about alcohol. In most cases, these three‐fourths of a second. But that is deaths are the result of someone Control of a Vehicle only an average. It might be less who was drinking and driving. with one driver and as long as two In recent years, more than The following three systems or three seconds or more with 17,000 annual motor vehicle-related help to control the vehicle while another. Age, physical condition, deaths have been associated with driving — brakes, steering, and alertness, coordination, and the use of alcohol, with about accelerator. At times, as when eyesight all play a part. So do 250,000 people injured. driving on snow or ice, it is easy to alcohol, drugs, and frustration. ask more of those control systems But even in three‐fourths of a For persons under 21, it is against than the tires and road can provide. second, a vehicle moving at the law in every U.S. state to drink Meaning, you can lose control of 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m alcohol. There are good medical, the vehicle. See Traction Control (66 ft). That could be a lot of psychological, and developmental System (TCS) on page 9‑34. distance in an emergency, so reasons for these laws. keeping enough space between the Adding non dealer accessories can ‐ vehicle and others is important. The obvious way to eliminate the affect vehicle performance. See leading highway safety problem is Accessories and Modifications on for people never to drink alcohol page 10‑3. and then drive. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

And, of course, actual stopping If the engine ever stops while the Speed Variable Assist Steering distances vary greatly with the vehicle is being driven, brake Some vehicles have a steering surface of the road, whether it is normally but do not pump the system that varies the amount of pavement or gravel; the condition brakes. If the brakes are pumped, effort required to steer the vehicle in of the road, whether it is wet, dry, the pedal could get harder to push relation to the speed of the vehicle. or icy; tire tread; the condition of the down. If the engine stops, there will brakes; the weight of the vehicle; still be some power brake assist but The amount of steering effort and the amount of brake force it will be used when the brake is required is less at slower speeds applied. applied. Once the power assist is to make the vehicle more maneuverable and easier to park. Avoid needless heavy used up, it can take longer to stop At faster speeds, the steering effort braking. Some people drive in and the brake pedal will be harder increases to provide a sport-like spurts heavy acceleration to push. — feel to the steering. This provides followed by heavy braking rather Adding non dealer accessories can — ‐ maximum control and stability. than keeping pace with traffic. This affect vehicle performance. See is a mistake. The brakes might not Accessories and Modifications on If the vehicle seems harder to steer have time to cool between hard page 10‑3. than normal when parking or driving stops. The brakes will wear out slowly, there may be a problem with much faster with a lot of heavy Steering the system. You will still have power braking. Keeping pace with the steering, but steering will be stiffer traffic and allowing realistic following Power Steering than normal at slow speeds. See distances eliminates a lot of If power steering assist is lost your dealer for service. unnecessary braking. That means because the engine stops or the better braking and longer brake life. power steering system is not functioning, the vehicle can be steered but it will take more effort. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Steering Tips Steering in Emergencies It is important to take curves at a There are times when steering can reasonable speed. be more effective than braking. Traction in a curve depends on the For example, you come over a hill condition of the tires and the road and find a truck stopped in your surface, the angle at which the lane, or a car suddenly pulls out curve is banked, and vehicle speed. from nowhere, or a child darts out While in a curve, speed is the one from between parked cars and stops factor that can be controlled. right in front of you. These problems can be avoided by braking — if you If there is a need to reduce speed, can stop in time. But sometimes you do it before entering the curve, while cannot stop in time because there is the front wheels are straight. no room. That is the time for An emergency like this requires Try to adjust the speed so you can evasive action — steering around close attention and a quick decision. drive through the curve. Maintain a the problem. If holding the steering wheel at the reasonable, steady speed. Wait to The vehicle can perform very well recommended 9 and 3 o'clock accelerate until out of the curve, and in emergencies like these. First positions, it can be turned a full then accelerate gently into the apply the brakes. See Braking on 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand. But you have straightaway. page 9‑3. It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a to act fast, steer quickly, and just as collision. Then steer around the quickly straighten the wheel once problem, to the left or right you have avoided the object. depending on the space available. The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

Off-Road Recovery so that the vehicle straddles the Skidding edge of the pavement. Turn the In a skid, a driver can lose control of The vehicle's right wheels can drop steering wheel 8 to 13 cm (3 to the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid off the edge of a road onto the 5 in), about one-eighth turn, until most skids by taking reasonable shoulder while driving. the right front tire contacts the care suited to existing conditions, pavement edge. Then turn the and by not overdriving those steering wheel to go straight down conditions. But skids are always the roadway. possible. Loss of Control The three types of skids correspond to the vehicle's three control Let us review what driving experts systems. In the braking skid, the say about what happens when the wheels are not rolling. In the three control systems — brakes, steering or cornering skid, too much steering, and acceleration — do not speed or steering in a curve causes have enough friction where the tires tires to slip and lose cornering force. meet the road to do what the driver And in the acceleration skid, too has asked. much throttle causes the driving If the level of the shoulder is only In any emergency, do not give up. wheels to spin. slightly below the pavement, Keep trying to steer and constantly If the vehicle starts to slide, ease recovery should be fairly easy. seek an escape route or area of your foot off the accelerator pedal Ease off the accelerator and then, less danger. and quickly steer the way you want if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, the vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

Of course, traction is reduced when Driving on Wet Roads water, snow, ice, gravel, or other WARNING (Continued) material is on the road. For safety, Rain and wet roads can reduce slow down and adjust your driving to vehicle traction and affect your Flowing or rushing water creates these conditions. It is important to ability to stop and accelerate. strong forces. Driving through slow down on slippery surfaces Always drive slower in these types flowing water could cause the because stopping distance is longer of driving conditions and avoid vehicle to be carried away. If this and vehicle control more limited. driving through large puddles and happens, you and other vehicle deep‐standing or flowing water. occupants could drown. Do not While driving on a surface with ignore police warnings and be reduced traction, try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, { WARNING very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water. or braking, including reducing Wet brakes can cause crashes. vehicle speed by shifting to a lower They might not work as well in a gear. Any sudden changes could quick stop and could cause Hydroplaning cause the tires to slide. You might pulling to one side. You could not realize the surface is slippery Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water until the vehicle is skidding. Learn to lose control of the vehicle. can build up under the vehicle's tires so they actually ride on the recognize warning clues — such as After driving through a large water. This can happen if the road enough water, ice, or packed snow puddle of water or a car/vehicle on the road to make a mirrored is wet enough and you are going wash, lightly apply the brake fast enough. When the vehicle is surface — and slow down when you pedal until the brakes work have any doubt. hydroplaning, it has little or no normally. contact with the road. Remember: Antilock brakes help (Continued) avoid only the braking skid. There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

Other Rainy Weather Tips Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads Besides slowing down, other wet Always be alert and pay attention to Driving on steep hills or through weather driving tips include: your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving . Allow extra following distance. If you become tired or sleepy, find on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for a safe place to park the vehicle driving in these conditions include: . Pass with caution. and rest. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in . Keep windshield wiping Other driving tips include: good shape. equipment in good shape. . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, . Keep the windshield washer fluid tires, cooling system, and . Keep interior temperature cool. reservoir filled. transmission. . . Keep your eyes moving scan Have good tires with proper — . the road ahead and to the sides. Shift to a lower gear when going tread depth. See Tires on down steep or long hills. page 10‑42. . Check the rearview mirror and . Turn off cruise control. vehicle instruments often. { WARNING

If you do not shift down, the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well. You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. dangerous. The brakes will have The Antilock Brake System (ABS) to do all the work of slowing Winter Driving on page 9‑30 improves vehicle down and they could get so hot stability during hard stops on that they would not work well. Driving on Snow or Ice slippery roads, but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement. You would then have poor braking Drive carefully when there is snow or even none going down a hill. or ice between the tires and the Allow greater following distance on You could crash. Always have the road, creating less traction or grip. any slippery road and watch for engine running and the vehicle in Wet ice can occur at about 0°C slippery spots. Icy patches can gear when going downhill. (32°F) when freezing rain begins to occur on otherwise clear roads in fall, resulting in even less traction. shaded areas. The surface of a Avoid driving on wet ice or in curve or an overpass can remain . Stay in your own lane. Do not freezing rain until roads can be icy when the surrounding roads swing wide or cut across the treated with salt or sand. are clear. Avoid sudden steering center of the road. Drive at maneuvers and braking while speeds that let you stay in your Drive with caution, whatever the on ice. own lane. condition. Accelerate gently so traction is not lost. Accelerating too Turn off cruise control on slippery . Top of hills: Be alert — quickly causes the wheels to spin surfaces. something could be in your lane and makes the surface under the (stalled car, accident). tires slick, so there is even less traction. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about vehicle unless there is help nearby. . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine If possible, use the Roadside the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑24. Assistance Program on page 13 5. ‑ especially any that is blocking To get help and keep everyone in Snow can trap exhaust gases the exhaust pipe. the vehicle safe: under your vehicle. This can . Check again from time to cause deadly CO (Carbon . Turn on the hazard warning time to be sure snow does Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO flashers. not collect there. could overcome you and kill you. . Tie a red cloth to an outside You cannot see it or smell it, so . Open a window about 5 cm mirror. (2 in) on the side of the you might not know it is in your vehicle that is away from the vehicle. Clear away snow from { WARNING wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle, especially any that is blocking the Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on exhaust. under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument cause exhaust gases to get panel. Run the engine for short periods inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control only as needed to keep warm, but Carbon Monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that be careful. cannot be seen or smelled. It can circulates the air inside cause unconsciousness and even the vehicle and set the fan death. speed to the highest setting. (Continued) See Climate Control System in the Index. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

To save fuel, run the engine for only If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get short periods as needed to warm it Out the vehicle and then shut the engine Slowly and cautiously spin the off and close the window most of wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and the way to save heat. Repeat this stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction until help arrives but only when you If stuck too severely for the traction system. Shift back and forth feel really uncomfortable from the system to free the vehicle, turn the between R (Reverse) and a forward cold. Moving about to keep warm traction system off and use the gear, or with a manual transmission, also helps. rocking method. between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) and If it takes some time for help to R (Reverse), spinning the wheels arrive, now and then when you run { WARNING as little as possible. To prevent the engine, push the accelerator transmission wear, wait until the pedal slightly so the engine runs If the vehicle's tires spin at high wheels stop spinning before shifting faster than the idle speed. This speed, they can explode, and gears. Release the accelerator keeps the battery charged to restart you or others could be injured. pedal while shifting, and press the vehicle and to signal for help The vehicle can overheat, lightly on the accelerator pedal with the headlamps. Do this as little causing an engine compartment when the transmission is in gear. as possible to save fuel. fire or other damage. Spin the Slowly spinning the wheels in the wheels as little as possible and forward and reverse directions avoid going above 55 km/h causes a rocking motion that could (35 mph). free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the For information about using tire vehicle does need to be towed out, chains on the vehicle, see Tire see Towing the Vehicle on Chains on page 10‑62. page 10‑74. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information { WARNING Label It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can Do not load the vehicle any carry. This weight is called the heavier than the Gross vehicle capacity weight and Vehicle Weight Rating includes the weight of all (GVWR), or either the occupants, cargo and all maximum front or rear Gross nonfactory‐installed options. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Two labels on the vehicle This can cause systems to show how much weight it may break and change the way the properly carry, the Tire and vehicle handles. This could Loading Information label and cause loss of control and a the Certification label. crash. Overloading can also shorten the life of the vehicle. Label Example A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle's center pillar (B-pillar). With the driver door open, you will find the label attached below the door lock post. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

The Tire and Loading Steps for Determining Correct passengers in your vehicle, Information label shows the Load Limit the amount of available cargo number of occupant seating 1. Locate the statement and luggage load capacity is positions (A), and the maximum 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) “The combined weight of vehicle capacity weight (B) in occupants and cargo should = 650 lbs). kilograms and pounds. never exceed XXX kg or 5. Determine the combined The Tire and Loading XXX lbs” on your vehicle's weight of luggage and cargo Information label also shows placard. being loaded on the vehicle. the tire size of the original 2. Determine the combined That weight may not safely equipment tires (C) and the weight of the driver and exceed the available cargo recommended cold tire inflation passengers that will be riding and luggage load capacity pressures (D). For more in your vehicle. calculated in Step 4. information on tires and inflation 3. Subtract the combined 6. If your vehicle will be towing see Tires on page 10‑42 and a trailer, the load from your Tire Pressure on page 10‑49. weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or trailer will be transferred to There is also important loading XXX lbs. your vehicle. Consult this information on the Certification manual to determine how this label. It tells you the Gross 4. The resulting figure equals reduces the available cargo Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity of and the Gross Axle Weight and luggage load capacity. your vehicle. Rating (GAWR) for the front and For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs and This vehicle is neither designed rear axle. See “Certification nor intended to tow a trailer. Label” later in this section. there will be five 150 lb Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). C. Available Occupant and C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). (700 lbs). Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

Refer to the vehicle's Tire and The label tells the gross weight Loading Information label for capacity of the vehicle, called { WARNING specific information about the the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Do not load the vehicle any vehicle's capacity weight and (GVWR). The GVWR includes heavier than the Gross seating positions. The combined the weight of the vehicle, all Vehicle Weight Rating weight of the driver, passengers, occupants, fuel, and cargo. (GVWR), or either the and cargo should never exceed Never exceed the GVWR for maximum front or rear Gross the vehicle's capacity weight. the vehicle, or the Gross Axle Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Weight Rating (GAWR) for either Certification Label This can cause systems to the front or rear axle. break and change the way the And, if there is a heavy load, vehicle handles. This could it should be spread out. cause loss of control and a See “Steps for Determining crash. Overloading can also Correct Load Limit” earlier shorten the life of the vehicle. in this section.

Label Example A vehicle-specific Certification label is attached to the driver side center pillar (B-pillar). Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

If you put things inside the WARNING (Continued) Starting and vehicle — like suitcases, Operating tools, packages, or anything . Never stack heavier else — they will go as fast as the things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In vehicle goes. If you have to stop inside the vehicle so that or turn quickly, or if there is a some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not crash, they will keep going. the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run { WARNING . Do not leave an if you follow these guidelines: unsecured child restraint . Do not drive at any one Things inside the vehicle can in the vehicle. constant speed, fast or strike and injure people in a . Secure loose items in the slow, for the first 805 km sudden stop or turn, or in a vehicle. (500 miles). Do not make crash. full-throttle starts. Avoid . Do not leave a seat folded downshifting to brake or . Put things in the cargo down unless needed. slow the vehicle. area of the vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as . Avoid making hard stops for far forward as possible. the first 322 km (200 miles) or so. During this time the new Try to spread the weight brake linings are not yet evenly. broken in. Hard stops with (Continued) new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Following break‐in, engine speed Notice: Using a tool to force the Do not turn the engine off when the and load can be gradually key to turn in the ignition could vehicle is moving. This will cause a increased. cause damage to the switch or loss of power assist in the brake break the key. Use the correct and steering systems and disable Ignition Positions key, make sure it is all the way in, the airbags. and turn it only with your hand. In an emergency, if the vehicle must If the key cannot be turned by be shut off while driving: hand, see your dealer. 1. Brake using a firm and steady The key must be fully extended to pressure. Do not pump the start the vehicle. brakes repeatedly. This may To shift out of P (Park), turn the deplete power assist, requiring ignition to ON/RUN and apply the increased brake pedal force. brake pedal. 2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ can be done while the vehicle is LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is moving. After shifting to neutral, stopped, turn the ignition switch to firmly apply the brakes and steer LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. the vehicle to a safe location. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift The ignition switch has four different will remain active. See Retained positions. to P (Park) with an automatic Accessory Power (RAP) on transmission, or neutral with a page 9‑21 for more information. manual transmission. Turn the This is the only position from which ignition to LOCK/OFF. the key can be removed. This locks the steering wheel, ignition, and automatic transmission. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

4. Set the parking brake. See B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This Starting the Engine Parking Brake on page 9‑31. position unlocks the steering wheel. Some accessories can be used in Place the transmission in the proper gear. { WARNING this position. C (ON/RUN): The ignition switch Automatic Transmission Turning off the vehicle while stays in this position when the moving may cause loss of power Move the shift lever to P (Park) or engine is running. This position can N (Neutral). The engine will not start assist in the brake and steering be used to operate the electrical in any other position. To restart the systems and disable the airbags. accessories, as well as to display vehicle when it is already moving, While driving, only shut the some warning and indicator lights. use N (Neutral) only. vehicle off in an emergency. The battery could be drained if the Notice: Do not try to shift to key is left in the ON/RUN position P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. 5. If the vehicle must be shut off with the engine off. The vehicle If you do, you could damage the while driving, turn the ignition to might not start if the battery is transmission. Shift to P (Park) ACC/ACCESSORY. allowed to drain for an extended only when the vehicle is stopped. period of time. The ignition switch can bind in the Manual Transmission LOCK/OFF position with the wheels D (START): This position starts the turned off center. If this happens, engine. When the engine starts, The shift lever should be in neutral move the steering wheel from right release the key. The ignition switch and the parking brake engaged. to left while turning the key to ACC/ will return to ON/RUN for normal Hold the clutch pedal down to the ACCESSORY. If this does not work, driving. floor and start the engine. The then the vehicle needs service. vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

Starting Procedure is already running. Engine If the vehicle starts briefly but cranking can be stopped by then stops again, repeat the 1. With your foot off the accelerator turning the ignition switch to procedure. This clears the extra pedal, turn the ignition key to ACC/ACCESSORY or gasoline from the engine. Do not START. When the engine starts, LOCK/OFF. race the engine immediately let go of the key. The idle speed after starting it. Operate the will go down as the engine Notice: Cranking the engine for engine and transmission gently warms. Do not race the engine long periods of time, by returning until the oil warms up and immediately after starting it. the key to the START position lubricates all moving parts. Allow the oil to warm up and immediately after cranking has lubricate all moving parts. ended, can overheat and damage Notice: The engine is designed to the cranking motor, and drain the work with the electronics in the The vehicle has a battery. Wait at least 15 seconds vehicle. If you add electrical parts Computer-Controlled Cranking between each try, to let the or accessories, you could change System. This feature assists in cranking motor cool down. the way the engine operates. starting the engine and protects Before adding electrical components. If the ignition key is 2. If the engine does not start after equipment, check with your turned to the START position, 5 to 10 seconds, especially in dealer. If you do not, the engine and then released when the very cold weather (below −18°C might not perform properly. Any engine begins cranking, the or 0°F), it could be flooded with resulting damage would not be engine will continue cranking too much gasoline. Push the covered by the vehicle warranty. for a few seconds or until the accelerator pedal all the way to vehicle starts. If the engine does the floor and hold it there as you Overrun Cut‐Off not start and the key is held in hold the key in START for a When the vehicle is driven with a START for many seconds, maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at gear engaged but the accelerator cranking stops after 15 seconds least 15 seconds between each released, the fuel supply is to prevent cranking motor try, to allow the cranking motor automatically cut off to improve damage. To prevent gear to cool. When the engine starts, fuel economy. damage, this system also let go of the key and accelerator. prevents cranking if the engine Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

Engine Heater { WARNING The engine coolant heater, if available, can help in cold weather Plugging the cord into an conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) ungrounded outlet could cause an for easier starting and better fuel electrical shock. Also, the wrong economy during engine warm-up. kind of extension cord could Plug in the coolant heater at least overheat and cause a fire. You four hours before starting the could be seriously injured. Plug vehicle. An internal thermostat in the cord into a properly grounded the plug-end of the cord will prevent three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. engine coolant heater operation at If the cord will not reach, use a temperatures above −18°C (0°F). The electrical cord is located on heavy-duty three-prong extension To Use the Engine Coolant the passenger side of the engine cord rated for at least 15 amps. Heater compartment, between the fender and the air cleaner. 1. Turn off the engine. 4. Before starting the engine, be 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded sure to unplug and store the 2. Open the hood and unwrap the 110-volt AC outlet. cord as it was before to keep it electrical cord. away from moving engine parts. The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park Use this procedure to shift into Power (RAP) (Automatic Transmission) P (Park): 1. Hold the brake pedal down and These vehicle accessories can be set the parking brake. used for up to 10 minutes after the { WARNING engine is turned off: See Parking Brake on page 9‑31 It can be dangerous to get out of for more information. . Audio System the vehicle if the shift lever is not 2. Hold the button on the shift lever . fully in P (Park) with the parking Power Windows and push the lever toward the brake firmly set. The vehicle can . Sunroof (If Equipped) front of the vehicle into P (Park). roll. If you have left the engine . Auxiliary Power Outlet running, the vehicle can move 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Power to the audio system will suddenly. You or others could be 4. Remove the key. continue to operate for up to injured. To be sure the vehicle will 10 minutes or until the driver door is not move, even when you are on opened. fairly level ground, use the steps Power to the power windows and that follow. sunroof will continue to operate for up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened. All of these features will work when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

Leaving the Vehicle with the Torque Lock Shifting out of Park Engine Running Torque lock is when the weight (Automatic Transmission) of the vehicle puts too much This vehicle is equipped with { WARNING force on the parking pawl in the an electronic shift lock release transmission. This happens when system. The shift lock release is It can be dangerous to leave the parking on a hill and shifting the designed to: vehicle with the engine running. transmission into P (Park) is not The vehicle could move suddenly done properly; then it is difficult to . Prevent ignition key removal if the shift lever is not fully in shift out of P (Park). To prevent unless the shift lever is in P (Park) with the parking brake torque lock, set the parking brake P (Park) with the shift lever firmly set. And, if you leave the and then shift into P (Park). To find button fully released. vehicle with the engine running, out how, see “Shifting Into Park” . Prevent movement of the shift it could overheat and even catch listed previously. lever out of P (Park) unless the fire. You or others could be If torque lock does occur, the ignition is in ON/RUN and the injured. Do not leave the vehicle vehicle may need to be pushed brake pedal is applied. with the engine running. uphill by another vehicle to relieve The shift lock release is always the parking pawl pressure, so you functional except in the case of an If you have to leave the vehicle with can shift out of P (Park). uncharged or low voltage (less than the engine running, the vehicle must 9 volt) battery. be in P (Park) and the parking If the vehicle has an uncharged brake set. battery or a battery with low voltage, Release the button and check that try charging or jump starting the the shift lever cannot be moved out battery. See Jump Starting on of P (Park). page 10‑70 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

To shift out of P (Park): Parking Parking over Things 1. Apply the brake pedal. If the vehicle has a manual That Burn 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. transmission, before getting out of the vehicle, move the shift lever into { WARNING 3. Press the shift lever button. R (Reverse) if parking on a downhill 4. Move the shift lever to the slope. On a level surface or an Things that can burn could touch desired position. uphill slope, use 1 (First) gear. hot exhaust parts under the If still unable to shift out of P (Park): Firmly apply the parking brake. Turn vehicle and ignite. Do not park the wheels toward the curb for a over papers, leaves, dry grass, 1. Fully release the shift lever downhill slope, or away from the or other things that can burn. button. curb for an uphill slope. Once the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and shift lever has been placed into gear press the shift lever button with the clutch pedal pressed in, again. turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, remove the key, and release the 3. Move the shift lever to the clutch. desired position. If you still cannot move the shift lever from P (Park), consult your dealer or a professional towing service. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { WARNING It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. But if you ever have damage or after market Engine exhaust contains carbon to, here are some things to know. monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. { WARNING can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: area with poor ventilation is dangerous. Engine exhaust may . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows with poor ventilation (parking completely down. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired which cannot be seen or smelled. that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). It can cause unconsciousness Never park the vehicle with the and even death. Never run the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed engine in an enclosed area that sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a has no fresh air ventilation. For . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air more information, see Engine due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. Exhaust on page 9‑24. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

{ WARNING Automatic Transmission It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others The mode or selected gear is shown could be injured. To be sure the in the instrument cluster. vehicle will not move, even when it is on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and move The automatic transmission has a the automatic transmission shift shift lever located on the console lever to P (Park), or the manual between the seats. transmission shift lever to Neutral.

Follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. If the vehicle has an automatic transmission, see Shifting Into Park (Automatic Transmission) on page 9‑21. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

P (Park): This position locks the Make sure the shift lever is fully in drive wheels. It is the best position P (Park) before starting the engine. to use when starting the engine The vehicle has an automatic because the vehicle cannot move transmission shift lock control easily. system. The regular brake must be fully applied first and then the shift { WARNING lever button pressed before shifting from P (Park) when the ignition key It is dangerous to get out of the is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out vehicle if the shift lever is not fully of P (Park), ease pressure on the in P (Park) with the parking brake shift lever, then push the shift lever firmly set. The vehicle can roll. all the way into P (Park) as you maintain brake application. Then Do not leave the vehicle when the press the shift lever button and Without the brake pedal applied, the engine is running unless you move the shift lever into another control indicator will be on. have to. If you have left the gear. See Shifting out of Park If the shift lever is not in P (Park) engine running, the vehicle can (Automatic Transmission) on when the ignition is turned to OFF, move suddenly. You or others page 9‑22. the control indicator and P will flash. could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on level ground, always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park (Automatic Transmission) on page 9‑21. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

R (Reverse): Use this gear to applied. The reduced load on the D (Drive): This position is for back up. engine improves vehicle fuel normal driving. It provides the best Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) economy. fuel economy. If more power is while the vehicle is moving needed for passing, and the forward could damage the { WARNING vehicle is: transmission. The repairs would . Going less than 56 km/h not be covered by the vehicle Shifting into a drive gear while the (35 mph), push the accelerator warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only engine is running at high speed is pedal about halfway down. dangerous. Unless your foot is after the vehicle is stopped. . firmly on the brake pedal, the Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or To rock the vehicle back and forth to vehicle could move very rapidly. more, push the accelerator all get out of snow, ice, or sand without the way down. You could lose control and hit damaging the transmission, see If people or objects. Do not shift Notice: If the vehicle seems to the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑11. into a drive gear while the engine accelerate slowly or not shift N (Neutral): In this position, the is running at high speed. gears when you go faster, and engine does not connect with the you continue to drive the vehicle wheels. To restart the engine when that way, you could damage the the vehicle is already moving, use Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) transmission. Have the vehicle N (Neutral) only with the brake pedal or N (Neutral) with the engine serviced right away. applied. running at high speed may damage the transmission. The The vehicle has an automatic repairs would not be covered by neutral shift feature which allows the vehicle warranty. Be sure the the transmission to automatically engine is not running at high shift to N (Neutral) when the vehicle speed when shifting the vehicle. is stopped with a forward gear engaged and the brake pedal Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

Manual Mode descending hills, to stay in gear longer, or to downshift for more Driver Shift Control (DSC) power or engine braking. Notice: If you drive the vehicle at The transmission will only allow a high rpm without upshifting you to shift into gears appropriate while using Driver Shift Control for the vehicle speed and engine (DSC), you could damage the revolutions per minute (rpm). The vehicle. Always upshift when transmission will not automatically necessary while using DSC. shift to the next lower gear if the engine rpm is too high, nor to the next higher gear when the maximum engine rpm is reached. DSC allows you to shift an While in the DSC mode, the automatic transmission similar to a transmission will automatically manual transmission. To use the downshift when the vehicle comes DSC feature: to a stop. This will allow for more 1. Move the shift lever to the left power during take-off. from D (Drive) into the side gate When accelerating the vehicle from marked with (+) and (−). a stop in snowy and icy conditions, 2. Press the shift lever forward to you may want to shift into second upshift or rearward to downshift. gear. A higher gear allows the vehicle to gain more traction on While using the DSC feature, the slippery surfaces. vehicle will have firmer, quicker shifting. You can use this for sport driving or when climbing or Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

Manual Transmission Notice: Do not rest your foot on 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), the clutch pedal while driving or and 6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third), while stopped. The pressure can 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) cause premature wear in the the same way you do for clutch. The repairs would not be 2 (Second). Slowly let up on the covered by the vehicle warranty. clutch pedal as you press the 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal accelerator pedal. For the best fully to the pedal stop and shift into fuel economy, use 6 (Sixth) gear 1 (First). Then slowly let up on the whenever vehicle speed and clutch pedal as you press the driving conditions allow. accelerator pedal. { WARNING If you come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into 1 (First), put If you skip a gear when you the shift lever in Neutral and let up downshift, you could lose control This is the shift pattern for the on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal of the vehicle. You could injure six-speed manual transmission. back down. Then shift into 1 (First). yourself or others. Do not shift To operate the transmission: 2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal down more than one gear at a as you let up on the accelerator time when you downshift. Notice: Do not rest your hand on pedal and shift into 2 (Second). the shift lever while driving. The Then, slowly let up on the clutch pressure could cause premature pedal as you press the accelerator Notice: Do not skip gears wear in the transmission. The pedal. while upshifting. This can repairs would not be covered by cause premature wear in the the vehicle warranty. transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

To stop, let up on the accelerator If R (Reverse) gear does not Brakes pedal and press the brake pedal. engage, shift the transmission to Just before the vehicle stops, press Neutral, release the clutch pedal the clutch pedal and the brake and press it back down. Repeat the Antilock Brake pedal, and shift to Neutral. gear selection. System (ABS) Neutral: Use this position when Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) This vehicle has the Antilock Brake you start or idle the engine. while the vehicle is moving System (ABS), an advanced The shift lever is in Neutral when it forward could damage the electronic braking system that helps is centered in the shift pattern, not in transmission. The repairs would prevent a braking skid. any gear. not be covered by the vehicle When the engine is started and the warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only R (Reverse): To back up, with the vehicle begins to drive away, ABS after the vehicle is stopped. vehicle at a complete stop, press checks itself. A momentary motor or down the clutch pedal. Then pull up Use R (Reverse) along with the clicking noise might be heard while on the button on the selector lever, parking brake to park the vehicle. this test is going on, and it might and shift into R (Reverse). Let up When operating, press the clutch even be noticed that the brake on the clutch pedal slowly while pedal down completely. Do not use pedal moves a little. This is normal. pressing the accelerator pedal. the pedal as a foot rest.

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑17. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

If driving safely on a wet road and it close to the vehicle in front of you, Parking Brake becomes necessary to slam on the there will not be enough time to brakes and continue braking to apply the brakes if that vehicle avoid a sudden obstacle, a suddenly slows or stops. Always computer senses that the wheels leave enough room up ahead to are slowing down. If one of the stop, even with ABS. wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will separately work the Using ABS brakes at each wheel. Do not pump the brakes. Just hold ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal down firmly and let to each wheel, as required, faster ABS work. You might hear the ABS than any driver could. This can help pump or motor operating and feel the driver steer around the obstacle the brake pedal pulsate, but this is while braking hard. normal. As the brakes are applied, the Braking in Emergencies The vehicle has an Electric Parking computer keeps receiving updates ABS allows the driver to steer and Brake (EPB). The switch for the on wheel speed and controls brake at the same time. In many EPB is on the center console. braking pressure accordingly. emergencies, steering can help The EPB can always be activated, Remember: ABS does not change more than even the very best even if the ignition is off. To prevent the time needed to get a foot up to braking. draining the battery, avoid repeated the brake pedal or always decrease cycles of the EPB system when the stopping distance. If you get too engine is not running. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

The system has a parking brake See your dealer. See Electric If the parking brake warning light is status light and a parking brake Parking Brake Light on page 5‑16 on, the EPB has detected an error warning light. See Electric Parking for more information. in another system and is operating Brake Light on page 5‑16. There are If the EPB is applied while the with reduced functionality. also three Driver Information Center vehicle is in motion, a chime will To apply the EPB when this (DIC) messages. See Brake System sound, and the DIC message light is on, lift up on the EPB Messages on page 5‑26 for more RELEASE PARK BRAKE SWITCH switch and hold it in the up position. information. In case of insufficient will be displayed. The vehicle will Full application of the parking brake electrical power, the EPB cannot be decelerate as long as the switch is by the EPB system may take a applied or released. held in the up position. Releasing longer period of time than normal Before leaving the vehicle, check the EPB switch during deceleration when this light is on. Continue to the parking brake status light to will release the parking brake. If the hold the switch until the parking ensure that the parking brake is switch is held in the up position until brake status light remains on. If the applied. the vehicle comes to a stop, the parking brake warning light is on, EPB will remain applied. see your dealer. EPB Apply If the parking brake status light For maximum EPB force when The EPB can be applied any time flashes continuously, then the EPB parking on a hill, pull the EPB the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is is only partially applied or released, switch twice. applied by momentarily lifting up on or there is a problem with the EPB. If the EPB fails to apply, the rear the EPB switch. Once fully applied, The DIC message SERVICE wheels should be blocked to the parking brake status light will be PARKING BRAKE will be displayed. prevent vehicle movement. on. While the brake is being applied, If this light flashes continuously, the status light will flash until it is release the EPB, and attempt to fully applied. If the light does not apply it again. If this light continues come on, or remains flashing, you to flash, do not drive the vehicle. need to have the vehicle serviced. See your dealer. Do not drive the vehicle if the parking brake status light is flashing. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

EPB Release Notice: Driving with the parking In this situation, perform the normal brake on can overheat the brake clutch and/or accelerator actions To release the EPB, place the system and cause premature required to begin moving the ignition in the ON/RUN position, wear or damage to brake system vehicle. There is no need to push apply and hold the brake pedal, and parts. Make sure that the parking the switch to release the EPB. push down momentarily on the EPB brake is fully released and the switch. If you attempt to release brake warning light is off before the EPB without the brake pedal Brake Assist driving. applied, a chime will sound, and This vehicle has a brake assist the DIC message PRESS BRAKE Automatic EPB Release feature designed to assist the driver PEDAL TO RELEASE PARK in stopping or decreasing vehicle The EPB will automatically release if BRAKE will be displayed. The EPB speed in emergency driving is released when the parking brake the vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an attempt is made to conditions. This feature uses the status light is off. stability system hydraulic brake drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration control module to supplement If the parking brake warning when the EPB is applied, to light is on, the EPB has detected preserve parking brake lining life. the power brake system under an error in another system and is conditions where the driver has operating with reduced functionality. The EPB can also be used to quickly and forcefully applied the To release the EPB when this light prevent roll back for vehicles with a brake pedal in an attempt to quickly is on, push down on the EPB switch manual transmission taking off on stop or slow down the vehicle. and hold it in the down position. a hill. In a situation where no roll EPB release may take a longer back is desired, an applied EPB will period of time than normal when allow both feet to be used for the this light is on. Continue to hold the clutch and accelerator pedals in switch until the parking brake status preparation for starting the vehicle light is off. If the light is on, see your moving in the intended direction. dealer. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

The stability system hydraulic brake Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems control module increases brake pressure at each corner of the Some vehicles have a Hill Start vehicle until the ABS activates. Assist (HSA) feature, which may be Traction Control Minor brake pedal pulsation or useful when the vehicle is stopped System (TCS) pedal movement during this time on a grade. This feature is designed The vehicle may have a Traction is normal and the driver should to prevent the vehicle from rolling, Control System (TCS) that limits continue to apply the brake pedal either forward or rearward, during wheel slip. The system operates if it as the driving situation dictates. vehicle drive off. After the driver senses that one or both of the front The brake assist feature will completely stops and holds the wheels are slipping or beginning to automatically disengage when vehicle in a complete standstill on a lose traction. When this happens, the brake pedal is released or grade, HSA will be automatically the system reduces engine power brake pedal pressure is quickly activated. During the transition and/or applies brake pressure to the decreased. period between when the driver releases the brake pedal and starts slipping wheel(s). to accelerate to drive off on a grade, The system may be heard or felt HSA holds the braking pressure to while it is working, but this is ensure that there is no rolling. The normal. brakes will automatically release when the accelerator pedal is TCS automatically comes on whenever the vehicle is started. applied within the two‐second window. It will not activate if the To limit wheel slip, especially in vehicle is in a drive gear and facing slippery road conditions, the system downhill or if the vehicle is facing should always be left on. But, uphill and in R (Reverse). TCS can be turned off if needed. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

d flashes to indicate that TCS is If d still comes on and stays on, the active. See Traction Control System vehicle needs service. (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light on Notice: Do not repeatedly brake page 5 18 for more information. ‑ or accelerate heavily when TCS is If there is a problem detected off. The vehicle's driveline could with TCS, SERVICE TRACTION be damaged. CONTROL is displayed on the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Ride Control System Messages on page 5‑29. When this message is displayed and d comes on and stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive Without Interactive Drive Control but the system is not operational. System Driving should be adjusted accordingly. TCS can be turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak If d comes on and stays on, reset button. When TCS is turned off, i the system. comes on, and the appropriate DIC To reset: With Interactive Drive Control message also displays. See Ride 1. Stop the vehicle. System Control System Messages on page 5‑29. With TCS turned off, the 2. Turn the engine off and waiting system does not limit wheel slip. 15 seconds. Driving should be adjusted 3. Start the engine. accordingly. See Traction Off Light on page 5‑18 for more information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

Press and release the StabiliTrak activates when the If a problem is detected with TCS/StabiliTrak button again computer senses a difference StabiliTrak, SERVICE to turn the system back on. between the intended path and the STABILITRAK is displayed on the It may be necessary to turn the direction the vehicle is actually Driver Information Center (DIC). system off if the vehicle gets stuck traveling. StabiliTrak selectively See Ride Control System Messages in sand, mud, or snow and rocking applies braking pressure to the on page 5‑29. When this message the vehicle is required. See If the vehicle brakes to help steer the is displayed and d comes on and vehicle in the intended direction. Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑11 for stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive more information. See also Winter StabiliTrak comes on automatically but the system is not operational. Driving on page 9‑9 for information whenever the vehicle is started. Driving should be adjusted on using TCS when driving in snowy To assist with directional control accordingly. or icy conditions. of the vehicle, the system should If d comes on and stays on, reset always be left on. Adding non‐GM accessories can the system. affect the vehicle performance. d When StabiliTrak activates, To reset: See Accessories and Modifications flashes on the instrument panel. on page 10‑3 for more information. A noise may be heard or vibration 1. Stop the vehicle. ® may be felt in the brake pedal. 2. Turn the engine off and waiting StabiliTrak System This is normal. Continue to steer the 15 seconds. The vehicle may have a vehicle vehicle in the intended direction. See Traction Control System (TCS)/ 3. Start the engine. stability enhancement system called ® StabiliTrak. It is an advanced StabiliTrak Light on page 5‑18 for If d still comes on and stays on, the computer-controlled system that more information. vehicle needs service. assists with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

When StabiliTrak is turned off, the system will not assist with directional control of the vehicle or limit wheel spin. Driving should be adjusted accordingly. See StabiliTrak® OFF Light on page 5‑18 for more information. . Press and release the TCS/ StabiliTrak button again to turn the system back on. If cruise control is being used when StabiliTrak activates, cruise control With Interactive Drive Control Without Interactive Drive Control will automatically disengage. System System Press the cruise control button to . To turn off both StabiliTrak and reengage when road conditions TCS, press and hold the TCS/ allow. See Cruise Control on StabiliTrak button, located on the page 9‑39 for more information. instrument panel, until i and g illuminate and the appropriate DIC message is displayed. See Ride Control System Messages on page 5‑29. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

Interactive Drive Control Tour: Use for long-distance Standard Mode highway driving. This setting . The shock absorbers allow a System provides a smooth, soft ride. Press normal ride. and release the TOUR button and the light on the button comes on. . The powertrain reacts normally This mode provides a comfortable, to the accelerator pedal. smooth ride. Press the button again . Power steering assistance is and the system returns to the normal. Standard mode. Sport: Use where personal Tour Mode preference or road conditions . The shock absorbers allow a demand more control. This setting softer ride. provides responsive, controlled . The powertrain reacts normally handling. Press and release to the accelerator pedal. the SPORT button. The light on the button comes on, and the . Power steering assistance is The vehicle may have the appropriate message displays on normal. Interactive Drive Control System the DIC. Press the button again. (IDCS). IDCS adapts to the driving The system returns to the Standard Sport Mode style and preference of the driver mode and the appropriate message . The shock absorbers stiffen to within one of three driving modes: displays on the DIC. provide better contact with the Standard: Use for normal city IDCS automatically comes on in the road surface. and highway driving. This setting Standard mode when the vehicle is . The powertrain reacts more provides precise, comfortable started. When the Sport and Tour quickly to the accelerator pedal. handling. This is a fully automatic modes are turned off, the system . mode for city and highway driving. Power steering assistance is returns to the Standard mode. reduced. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

Drive Mode Control Cruise Control WARNING (Continued) Drive Mode Control (DMC) analyzes With cruise control, the vehicle can the driving style and the active state maintain a speed of about 40 km/h Cruise control can be dangerous of the vehicle and automatically (25 mph) or more without keeping on slippery roads. On such roads, changes the settings within the your foot on the accelerator. Cruise fast changes in tire traction can selected driving mode. When there control does not work at speeds cause excessive wheel slip, and is a more noticeable change in below 40 km/h (25 mph). you could lose control. Do not use driving style or conditions, the cruise control on slippery roads. driving mode is changed to Sport On vehicles with the Traction until the previous driving style Control System (TCS) or the ® returns. Stabilitrak system may begin to limit wheel spin while you are using If Standard mode is selected and cruise control. If this happens, the sport driving is detected, several cruise control will automatically settings of the Standard mode disengage. See Traction Control change to sport settings. If sport System (TCS) on page 9‑34 or driving increases, DMC changes to ® StabiliTrak System on page 9‑36. Sport mode. If Tour mode is selected and sudden { WARNING braking or cornering is necessary, DMC changes the suspension Cruise control can be dangerous settings to Sport mode to increase where you cannot drive safely at vehicle stability. a steady speed. So, do not use When the driving characteristic or the cruise control on winding The cruise control buttons are the active state of the vehicle roads or in heavy traffic. located on the steering wheel. returns to the previous style, DMC (Continued) changes the settings to the preselected driving mode. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

1 (On/Off): Press to turn the 3. Move the thumbwheel down Increasing Speed While Using cruise control system on and off. toward SET/− and release it. Cruise Control An indicator light will turn on or off in The desired set speed briefly If the cruise control system is the instrument panel cluster. appears in the instrument panel already activated: cluster. * (Cancel): Press to disengage . Move the thumbwheel up toward cruise control without erasing the 4. Take your foot off the accelerator RES/+ and hold it until the set speed from memory. pedal. desired speed is reached, then RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate): Resuming a Set Speed release it. Move the thumbwheel up to make If the cruise control is set at a . To increase vehicle speed in the vehicle resume to a previously desired speed and then the brakes small amounts, move the set speed or to accelerate. are applied, the cruise control is thumbwheel up toward RES/+ SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the disengaged without erasing the set briefly and then release it. Each thumbwheel down to set a speed or speed from memory. time this is done, the vehicle to make the vehicle decelerate. goes about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) Once the vehicle speed reaches faster. Setting Cruise Control about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the thumbwheel up toward If the cruise button is on when not in RES/+ briefly. The vehicle returns to use, it could get bumped and go into the previous set speed and stays cruise when not desired. Keep the there. cruise control switch off when cruise is not being used. 1. Press 1 to turn cruise control on. 2. Get to the speed desired. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

Reducing Speed While Using Using Cruise Control on Hills Ending Cruise Control Cruise Control How well the cruise control works There are three ways to end cruise If the cruise control system is on hills depends upon the vehicle control: already activated: speed, load, and the steepness of . Step lightly on the brake pedal the hills. When going up steep hills, . Move the thumbwheel toward or clutch to disengage cruise SET/− and hold until the desired you might have to step on the control. lower speed is reached, then accelerator pedal to maintain . * release it. the vehicle speed. When going Press on the steering wheel. downhill, you might have to brake . To slow down in small amounts, or shift to a lower gear to maintain . Press 1 on the steering wheel move the thumbwheel toward the vehicle speed. When the brakes to turn off the cruise control. SET/− briefly. Each time this is are applied, the cruise control is Erasing Speed Memory done, the vehicle goes about disengaged. 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. The cruise control set speed is erased from memory by pressing Passing Another Vehicle While 1 Using Cruise Control the button or if the ignition is turned off. Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the previous set cruise control speed. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

How the System Works Object Detection { WARNING Systems URPA comes on automatically The Ultrasonic Rear Parking when the shift lever is moved into Ultrasonic Parking Assist Assist (URPA) system does not R (Reverse). A single tone sounds replace driver vision. It cannot to indicate the system is working. For vehicles with the Ultrasonic detect: URPA operates only at speeds less Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, . Objects that are below the than 8 km/h (5 mph). it assists the driver with parking bumper, under the vehicle, and avoiding objects while in An obstacle is indicated by audible or too close or far from the R (Reverse). URPA operates at beeps. The interval between the vehicle. speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph), beeps becomes shorter as the and the sensors on the rear bumper . Children, pedestrians, vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. detect objects up to 1.5 m (5 ft) bicyclists, or pets. When the distance is less than behind the vehicle, and at least 30 cm (12 in) the beeps are If you do not use proper care continuous. 25 cm (10 in) off the ground. before and while backing up, vehicle damage, injury, or death To be detected, objects must be at could occur. Even with URPA, least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground and below trunk level. Objects must always check behind the vehicle also be within 1.5 m (5 ft) from the before backing up. While backing rear bumper. The distance at which up, be sure to look for objects and objects can be detected may be check the vehicle's mirrors. less during warmer or humid weather. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the When the System Does Not . An object was hanging out of the Driver Information Center (DIC) to Seem to Work Properly trunk during the last drive cycle. indicate that URPA is off. The Once the object is removed and message disappears after a short SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this URPA detects no objects of period of time. message occurs, take the vehicle to interest, the URPA will return to your dealer to repair the system. normal operation. Turning the System On and Off PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA . The vehicle's bumper is The URPA system can be turned on system does not activate due to a damaged. Take the vehicle to and off using the park assist button temporary condition, the message your dealer to repair the system. displays on the DIC. See Driver located next to the radio. . Information Center (DIC) on Other conditions, such as vibrations from a jackhammer or page 5‑22 for more information. This can occur under the following the compression of air brakes on conditions: a very large truck, are affecting system performance. . The driver has disabled the system. If the system is still disabled after checking all conditions listed above . The ultrasonic sensors are not and driving forward at least 40 km/h The park assist button lights up clean. Keep the vehicle's rear when the system is on or in standby (25 mph), take the vehicle to your bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, dealer. and turns off when it has been ice, and slush. For cleaning disabled. instructions, see Exterior Care URPA defaults to the on setting on page 10‑77. each time the vehicle is started. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

Fuel See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑47. For all other vehicles, Use of the recommended fuel use only the unleaded gasoline is an important part of the proper described under Recommended maintenance of this vehicle. To help Fuel on page 9‑44. keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance, we Recommended Fuel recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent If the vehicle has a 2.4L L4 engine Gasoline. (VIN Code C), use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane Look for the TOP TIER label on the rating of 87 or higher. If the octane fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets rating is less than 87, an audible enhanced detergency standards The eighth digit of the Vehicle knocking noise, commonly referred developed by auto companies. A list Identification Number (VIN) shows to as spark knock, might be heard of marketers providing TOP TIER the code letter or number that when driving. If this occurs, use Detergent Gasoline can be found at identifies the vehicle's engine. a gasoline rated at 87 octane or www.toptiergas.com. The VIN is at the top left of the higher as soon as possible. If heavy instrument panel. See Vehicle knocking is heard when using Identification Number (VIN) on gasoline rated at 87 octane or page 12‑1. higher, the engine needs service. Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge and a yellow fuel cap can use either unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

If the vehicle has the 2.0L L4 engine Gasoline Specifications satisfactorily on fuels meeting (VIN Code V), use premium federal specifications, but emission unleaded gasoline with a posted (U.S. and Canada Only) control system performance might octane rating of 91 or higher. At a minimum, gasoline be affected. The malfunction You can also use regular unleaded should meet ASTM specification indicator lamp could turn on and the gasoline rated at 87 octane or D 4814 in the United States or vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. higher, but the vehicle's acceleration CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on could be slightly reduced, and a Some gasolines contain an page 5‑13. If this occurs, return to slight audible knocking noise, octane-enhancing additive called your authorized dealer for diagnosis. commonly referred to as spark methylcyclopentadienyl manganese If it is determined that the condition knock, might be heard. If the octane tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend is caused by the type of fuel used, is less than 87, a heavy knocking against the use of gasolines repairs might not be covered by the noise might be heard when driving. containing MMT. See Fuel Additives vehicle warranty. If this occurs, use a gasoline rated on page 9‑46 for additional at 87 octane or higher as soon as information. Fuels in Foreign possible. Otherwise, you could Countries damage the engine. If heavy California Fuel knocking is heard when using Never use leaded gasoline or any gasoline rated at 87 octane or Requirements other fuel not recommended in the higher, the engine needs service. If the vehicle is certified to meet previous text on fuel. Costly repairs California Emissions Standards, it is caused by use of improper fuel designed to operate on fuels that would not be covered by the vehicle meet California specifications. warranty. See the underhood emission control To check the fuel availability, ask an label. If this fuel is not available in auto club, or contact a major oil states adopting California Emissions company that does business in the Standards, the vehicle will operate country where you will be driving. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

Fuel Additives For customers who do not use Notice: This vehicle was not TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline designed for fuel that contains To provide cleaner air, all gasolines regularly, one bottle of GM Fuel methanol. Do not use fuel in the United States are now System Treatment PLUS, added to containing methanol. It can required to contain additives that the fuel tank at every engine oil corrode metal parts in the fuel help prevent engine and fuel system change, can help clean deposits system and also damage plastic deposits from forming, allowing the from fuel injectors and intake and rubber parts. That damage emission control system to work valves. GM Fuel System Treatment would not be covered under the properly. In most cases, nothing PLUS is the only gasoline additive vehicle warranty. should have to be added to the fuel. recommended by General Motors. Some gasolines that are However, some gasolines contain It is available at your dealer. only the minimum amount of not reformulated for low additive required to meet U.S. Gasolines containing oxygenates, emissions can contain an Environmental Protection Agency such as ethers and ethanol, and octane-enhancing additive called regulations. To help keep fuel reformulated gasolines might be methylcyclopentadienyl manganese injectors and intake valves clean available in your area. We tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant and avoid problems due to dirty recommend that you use these where you buy gasoline whether the injectors or valves, look for gasoline gasolines, if they comply with the fuel contains MMT. We recommend that is advertised as TOP TIER specifications described earlier. against the use of such gasolines. Detergent Gasoline. Look for the However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Fuels containing MMT can reduce TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to other fuels containing more than spark plug life and affect emission ensure gasoline meets enhanced 10% ethanol must not be used in control system performance. detergency standards developed vehicles that were not designed for The malfunction indicator lamp by the auto companies. A list of those fuels. might turn on. If this occurs, return marketers providing TOP TIER to your dealer for service. Detergent Gasoline can be found at www.toptiergas.com. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) At a minimum, E85 should meet You should drive the vehicle ASTM Specification D 5798 or immediately after refueling for at Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling least 11 km (7 mi) to allow the and a yellow fuel cap can use either the tank with fuel mixtures that vehicle to adapt to the change in unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel do not meet ASTM or CGSB ethanol concentration. containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). specifications can affect driveability For all other vehicles, use only the E85 has less energy per liter and could cause the malfunction (gallon) than gasoline, so you will unleaded gasoline described under indicator lamp to come on. As the Recommended Fuel on page 9‑44. need to refill the fuel tank more outside temperature approaches often when using E85 than when We encourage the use of E85 in freezing, ethanol fuel distributors you are using gasoline. See Filling should supply winter grade ethanol, vehicles that are designed to use it. the Tank on page 9‑48. The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” the same as with unleaded fuel, meaning it is made from gasoline. Notice: Some additives are not compatible with E85 fuel and can renewable sources such as corn The starting characteristics of E85 and other crops. harm the vehicle's fuel system. fuel make it unsuitable for use when Do not add anything to E85. Many service stations will not have the ambient temperatures fall below Damage caused by additives an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump −18°C (0°F). would not be covered by the available. The U.S. Department of In the range of −18°C (0°F) to 0°C vehicle warranty. Energy has an alternative fuels (32°F), you may experience an website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ Notice: This vehicle was not increase in the time it takes for the designed for fuel that contains locator/stations/) that can help you engine to start. find E85 fuel. Those stations that methanol. Do not use fuel do have E85 should have a label It is best not to alternate repeatedly containing methanol. It can indicating ethanol content. Do not between gasoline and E85. If you corrode metal parts in the fuel use the fuel if the ethanol content is do switch fuels, it is recommended system and also damage plastic greater than 85%. that you add as much fuel as and rubber parts. That damage possible — do not add less would not be covered under the than 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. vehicle warranty. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank { WARNING

{ WARNING Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly. Fuel vapor burns violently and a If you spill fuel and then fuel fire can cause bad injuries. something ignites it, you could be To help avoid injuries to you and badly burned. This spray can others, read and follow all the happen if the tank is nearly full, instructions on the fuel pump and is more likely in hot weather. island. Turn off the engine when Open the fuel cap slowly and wait refueling. Do not smoke near fuel for any hiss noise to stop. Then or when refueling the vehicle. unscrew the cap all the way. Do not use cellular phones. Keep The tethered fuel cap is behind the sparks, flames, and smoking fuel door on the vehicle's passenger materials away from fuel. Do not side. The fuel door is unlocked Do not top off or overfill the tank. leave the fuel pump unattended when the vehicle is unlocked. Wait a few seconds before removing when refueling the vehicle. This is Locking the vehicle locks the the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted fuel door. Turn the fuel cap surfaces as soon as possible. against the law in some places. counterclockwise to remove. While See Exterior Care on page 10 77. Do not re-enter the vehicle while ‑ refueling, hang the tethered fuel cap pumping fuel. Keep children away from the disk on the end of the fuel from the fuel pump; never let cap to the mating feature on the fuel children pump fuel. door hinge. Reinstall the cap by turning it clockwise until it clicks. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

Filling a Portable Fuel { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Container If a fire starts while you are . Bring the fill nozzle in contact refueling, do not remove the { WARNING nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel with the inside of the fill by shutting off the pump or by Never fill a portable fuel container opening before operating the notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle. Static nozzle. Contact should be Leave the area immediately. electricity discharge from the maintained until the filling is container can ignite the fuel complete. Notice: If a new fuel cap is vapor. You can be badly burned . Do not smoke while needed, be sure to get the right and the vehicle damaged if this pumping fuel. occurs. To help avoid injury to you type of cap from your dealer. . Do not use a cellular phone The wrong type of fuel cap might and others: while pumping fuel. not fit properly, might cause the . Dispense fuel only into malfunction indicator lamp to approved containers. light, and could damage the fuel . tank and emissions system. See Do not fill a container while it Malfunction Indicator Lamp on is inside a vehicle, in a page 5 13. vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, ‑ or on any surface other than the ground. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

Towing Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the Add-Ons vehicle is not operating. General Towing The vehicle has an airbag system. Information Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything The vehicle is neither designed nor Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see intended to tow a trailer. Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Notice: Do not add anything Vehicle on page 3‑38 and Adding electrical to the vehicle unless Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped you check with your dealer first. Vehicle on page 3‑38. Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle's warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Hydraulic Clutch ...... 10-14 Bulb Replacement Vehicle Care Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-15 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Cooling System ...... 10-17 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 General Information Engine Coolant ...... 10-18 Headlamps, Front Turn Engine Overheating ...... 10-21 Signal and Parking General Information ...... 10-2 Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-23 Lamps ...... 10-31 California Proposition 65 Washer Fluid ...... 10-24 Fog Lamps ...... 10-32 Warning ...... 10-3 Brakes ...... 10-25 Taillamps, Turn Signal, California Perchlorate Brake Fluid ...... 10-26 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Battery ...... 10-27 Lamps ...... 10-33 Accessories and Starter Switch Check ...... 10-28 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-34 Modifications ...... 10-3 Automatic Transmission Shift Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-34 Vehicle Checks Lock Control Function Electrical System Doing Your Own Check ...... 10-28 Service Work ...... 10-4 Ignition Transmission Lock Electrical System Hood ...... 10-5 Check ...... 10-29 Overload ...... 10-35 Engine Compartment Park Brake and P (Park) Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 10-36 Overview ...... 10-6 Mechanism Check ...... 10-29 Engine Compartment Fuse Engine Oil ...... 10-9 Wiper Blade Block ...... 10-36 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-13 Replacement ...... 10-30 Instrument Panel Fuse Automatic Transmission Headlamp Aiming Block ...... 10-40 Fluid ...... 10-14 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-30 Manual Transmission Fluid ...... 10-14 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Uniform Tire Quality General Information Tires ...... 10-42 Grading ...... 10-59 Winter Tires ...... 10-43 Wheel Alignment and Tire For service and parts needs, Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-43 Balance ...... 10-61 visit your dealer. You will receive Tire Designations ...... 10-45 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-61 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Tire Terminology and Tire Chains ...... 10-62 and supported service people. Definitions ...... 10-46 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-62 Genuine GM parts have one of Tire Pressure ...... 10-49 Tire Changing ...... 10-63 these marks: Tire Pressure for High-Speed Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-69 Operation ...... 10-50 Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting System ...... 10-51 Jump Starting ...... 10-70 Tire Pressure Monitor Towing Operation ...... 10-52 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-74 Tire Inspection ...... 10-55 Recreational Vehicle Tire Rotation ...... 10-55 Towing ...... 10-74 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 10-56 Appearance Care Buying New Tires ...... 10-57 Exterior Care ...... 10-77 Different Size Tires and Interior Care ...... 10-80 Wheels ...... 10-59 Floor Mats ...... 10-83 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition Accessories and Damage to vehicle components 65 Warning Modifications resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non‐GM Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or certified parts, including control one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as vehicle warranty and may affect other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, affected parts. many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. Your GM control. These accessories or dealer can accessorize the vehicle California Perchlorate modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories. Materials Requirements malfunction or damage not covered When you go to your GM dealer by the vehicle warranty. and ask for GM Accessories, you Certain types of automotive will know that GM-trained and applications, such as airbag supported service technicians will initiators, seat belt pretensioners, perform the work using genuine GM and lithium batteries contained in Accessories. Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, may contain perchlorate materials. Also, see Adding Equipment to the Special handling may be necessary. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on For additional information, see page 3‑38. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks If doing some of your own service WARNING (Continued) work, use the proper service Doing Your Own manual. It tells you much more . Be sure to use the proper about how to service the vehicle Service Work nuts, bolts, and other than this manual can. To order the fasteners. Metric and English proper service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information { WARNING fasteners can be easily on page 13 11. confused. If the wrong ‑ You can be injured and the fasteners are used, parts can This vehicle has an airbag system. vehicle could be damaged if you later break or fall off. You Before attempting to do your own try to do service work on a vehicle could be hurt. service work, see Servicing the without knowing enough about it. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on . Be sure you have sufficient page 3‑38. knowledge, experience, Keep a record with all parts receipts the proper replacement and list the mileage and the date of parts, and tools before any service work performed. See attempting any vehicle Maintenance Records on page 11‑9. maintenance task. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

Hood To close the hood: To open the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in) above the vehicle and release it so it fully latches. Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary. 1. Pull up on the hood release handle with this symbol on it. It is located inside the vehicle to 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and the left of the steering column. move the secondary hood release handle to the right. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

2.0 L L4 Engine Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir I. Engine Coolant Reservoir and page 10‑15. and Cap. See Power Steering Pressure Cap. See Engine B. Engine Cover. Fluid on page 10‑23. Coolant on page 10‑18. C. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine G. Brake Master Cylinder and J. Windshield Washer Fluid Hydraulic Clutch Reservoir Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on Oil on page 10‑9. (if equipped with manual page 10‑24. D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine transmission). See Brakes on K. Engine Compartment Fuse Oil on page 10‑9. page 10 25 or Hydraulic Clutch ‑ Block on page 10‑36. E. Transmission Fluid Cap and on page 10‑14. Dipstick. See Automatic H. Battery Cover. See Battery on Transmission Fluid on page 10‑27. page 10‑14. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

2.4 L L4 Engine Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on K. Windshield Washer Fluid . Always dispose of engine oil page 10‑15. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this section. B. Engine Cover. page 10‑24. Checking Engine Oil C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Engine Oil Oil on page 10‑9. It is a good idea to check the engine To ensure proper engine D. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine oil level at each fuel fill. In order to performance and long life, careful get an accurate reading, the oil Oil on page 10‑9. attention must be paid to engine oil. must be warm and the vehicle must E. Transmission Fluid Cap and Following these simple, but be on level ground. The engine oil Dipstick. See Automatic important steps will help protect dipstick handle is a yellow loop. See Transmission Fluid on your investment: Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑14. . Always use engine oil approved page 10‑6 for the location of the F. Brake Master Cylinder to the proper specification and of engine oil dipstick. Reservoir. See Brakes on the proper viscosity grade. See Obtaining an accurate oil level page 10‑25. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” reading is essential: in this section. G. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 1. If the engine has been running and Cap. See Power Steering . Check the engine oil level recently, turn off the engine and Fluid on page 10‑23. regularly and maintain the allow several minutes for the oil proper oil level. See Checking H. Engine Coolant Reservoir and “ to drain back into the oil pan. Engine Oil and When to Add Pressure Cap. See Engine ” “ Checking the oil level too soon Engine Oil” in this section. Coolant on page 10‑18. after engine shutoff will not . Change the engine oil at the provide an accurate oil level I. Battery Cover. See Battery on appropriate time. See Engine Oil reading. page 10‑27. Life System on page 10‑13. J. Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 10‑36. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it Notice: Do not add too much oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil with a paper towel or cloth, then Oil levels above or below the Selecting the right engine oil push it back in all the way. acceptable operating range depends on both the proper oil Remove it again, keeping the tip shown on the dipstick are harmful specification and viscosity grade: down, and check the level. to the engine. If you find that you have an oil level above the Specification (Except 2.0L Turbo When to Add Engine Oil operating range, i.e., the engine Engine) has so much oil that the oil level Use and ask for engine oils with the gets above the cross-hatched dexos certification mark. Oils area that shows the proper ™ meeting the requirements of the operating range, the engine could vehicle should have the dexos be damaged. You should drain certification mark on the container. out the excess oil or limit driving This certification mark indicates that of the vehicle and seek a service the oil has been approved to the professional to remove the If the oil is below the cross-hatched dexos specification. area at the tip of the dipstick, add excess amount of oil. 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil See Engine Compartment Overview and then recheck the level. See on page 10‑6 for the location of the “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in engine oil fill cap. this section for an explanation of Add enough oil to put the level what kind of oil to use. For engine somewhere in the proper operating oil crankcase capacity, see range. Push the dipstick all the way Capacities and Specifications on back in when through. page 12‑2. This vehicle was filled at the factory with dexos‐approved engine oil. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

Notice: Use only engine oil that Specification (2.0L Turbo Engine) oil or equivalent can result in is approved to the dexos Use and ask for engine oils with engine damage not covered specification or an equivalent the dexos certification mark. Oils by the vehicle warranty. If you engine oil of the appropriate meeting the requirements of the are unsure whether the oil viscosity grade. Engine oils vehicle should have the dexos is approved to the dexos approved to the dexos certification mark on the container. specification, ask your service specification will show the dexos This certification mark indicates that provider. symbol on the container. Failure the oil has been approved to the Use of Substitute Engine Oils if to use the recommended engine dexos specification. dexos is unavailable for top‐up oil or equivalent can result in only: Engine oil not meeting the engine damage not covered by dexos specification or equivalent the vehicle warranty. If you are should not be used for an oil unsure whether the oil is change. In the event that approved to the dexos dexos‐approved engine oil is not specification, ask your service available for maintaining proper oil provider. level, however, you may use Use of Substitute Engine Oils if substitute engine oil displaying dexos is unavailable: In the event This vehicle was filled at the factory the API Starburst symbol and of with dexos approved engine oil. that dexos‐approved engine oil is ‐ SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. not available at an oil change or for Notice: Use only engine oil Extensive use of oils that do not maintaining proper oil level, you that is approved to the dexos meet the dexos specification, may use substitute engine oil specification or an equivalent however, may result in reduced displaying the API Starburst symbol engine oil of the appropriate performance or engine damage and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. viscosity grade. Engine under certain circumstances. Use of oils that do not meet the oils approved to the dexos dexos specification, however, may specification will show the dexos result in reduced performance under symbol on the container. Failure certain circumstances. to use the recommended engine Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

Maintaining the proper oil level is (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should very important. However, if you use be used. An oil of this viscosity a substitute oil for any reason, we grade will provide easier cold recommend that you perform a starting for the engine at extremely complete oil change back to dexos low temperatures. When selecting as soon as possible to protect the an oil of the appropriate viscosity engine and maintain the engine's grade, be sure to always select an peak performance. oil that meets the required specification, dexos. See Viscosity Grade “Specification” earlier in this section SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity for more information. grade for the vehicle. Do not use other viscosity oils such as Engine Oil Additives/Engine SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50. Oil Flushes Do not add anything to the oil. The recommended oils with the dexos specification and displaying the dexos certification mark are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection. Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of extreme cold, where the temperature falls below −29°C Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

What to Do with Used Oil Engine Oil Life System be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must Used engine oil contains certain When to Change Engine Oil be reset. Your dealer has trained elements that can be unhealthy for service people who will perform this your skin and could even cause This vehicle has a computer system work and reset the system. It is also cancer. Do not let used oil stay on that indicates when to change the important to check the oil regularly your skin for very long. Clean your engine oil and filter. This is based over the course of an oil drain skin and nails with soap and water, on a combination of factors which interval and keep it at the proper or a good hand cleaner. Wash or include engine revolutions, engine level. properly dispose of clothing or rags temperature, and miles driven. containing used engine oil. See the Based on driving conditions, the If the system is ever reset manufacturer's warnings about the mileage at which an oil change is accidentally, the oil must be use and disposal of oil products. indicated can vary considerably. For changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) the oil life system to work properly, since the last oil change. Used oil can be a threat to the the system must be reset every time Remember to reset the oil life environment. If you change your the oil is changed. system whenever the oil is changed. own oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal. Never When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil dispose of oil by putting it in the that oil life has been diminished, it Life System trash or pouring it on the ground, indicates that an oil change is into sewers, or into streams or necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Reset the system whenever the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking OIL SOON message comes on. See engine oil is changed so that the it to a place that collects used oil. Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑28. system can calculate the next Change the oil as soon as possible engine oil change. To reset the within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). system: It is possible that, if driving under 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the best conditions, the oil life the engine off. system might indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

2. Press the DIC menu button on Automatic Transmission sure to use the fluid listed in the turn signal lever to enter the Fluid Recommended Fluids and Vehicle Information Menu. Use Lubricants on page 11‑6. the thumbwheel to scroll through How to Check Automatic the menu items until you reach Transmission Fluid Manual Transmission REMAINING OIL LIFE. It is not necessary to check the Fluid 3. Press the SET/CLR button to transmission fluid level. It is not necessary to check the reset the oil life at 100%. A transmission fluid leak is the only manual transmission fluid level. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. reason for fluid loss. If a leak A transmission fluid leak is the only occurs, take the vehicle to your The system is reset when the reason for fluid loss. If a leak dealer service department and have CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON occurs, take the vehicle to your it repaired as soon as possible. message is off and the REMAINING dealer service department and OIL LIFE 100% message is There is a special procedure for have it repaired as soon as displayed. checking and changing the possible. See Recommended Fluids transmission fluid. Because this and Lubricants on page 11‑6 for the If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL procedure is difficult, you should proper fluid to use. message comes back on when the have this done at your dealer vehicle is started, the engine oil life service department. Contact your Hydraulic Clutch system has not been reset. Repeat dealer for additional information. the procedure. For vehicles with a manual The procedure can be found in the transmission, it is not necessary to service manual. To purchase a regularly check brake/clutch fluid service manual, see Service unless there is a leak suspected. Publications Ordering Information Adding fluid will not correct a leak. on page 13‑11. A fluid loss in this system could Change the fluid and filter at the indicate a problem. Have the intervals listed in Scheduled system inspected and repaired. Maintenance on page 11‑2, and be Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

When to Check and What Do not remove the cap to check the loose dust and dirt. If the filter to Use fluid level or to top‐off the fluid level. remains covered with dirt, a new Remove the cap only when filter is required. necessary to add the proper fluid To inspect or replace the engine air until the level reaches the MIN line. cleaner/filter: Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 2.0 L L4 Engine See Engine Compartment Overview 1. Open the hood. See Hood on on page 10‑6 for the location of the page 10‑5. The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid engine air cleaner/filter. reservoir cap has this symbol on it. The common hydraulic clutch and When to Inspect the Engine Air brake master cylinder fluid reservoir Cleaner/Filter is filled with either DOT 3 or DOT 4 Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the brake fluid as indicated on the scheduled maintenance intervals reservoir cap. See Engine and replace it at the first oil change Compartment Overview on after each 80 000 km (50,000 mile) page 10‑6 for reservoir location. interval. See Scheduled How to Check and Add Fluid Maintenance on page 11‑2 for more information. If you are driving in Visually check the brake/clutch fluid dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the reservoir to make sure the fluid level filter at each engine oil change. is at the MIN (minimum) line on the A. Electrical Connector side of the reservoir. The brake/ How to Inspect the Engine Air B. Air Duct Clamp hydraulic clutch fluid system should Cleaner/Filter be closed and sealed. To inspect the air cleaner/filter, C. Screws (5) remove the filter from the vehicle 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by and lightly shake the filter to release loosening the air duct clamp (B). Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

3. Disconnect the electrical 2.4 L L4 Engine 5. Lift the filter cover housing away connector (A). 1. Open the hood. See Hood on from the engine. 4. Remove the screws (C) on top page 10‑5. 6. Pull out the filter. of the engine air cleaner/filter 7. Inspect or replace the engine air housing. cleaner/filter. 5. Lift the filter cover housing away 8. Reverse Steps 2 through 4 to from the engine. reinstall the filter cover housing. 6. Pull out the filter. 7. Inspect or replace the engine air { WARNING cleaner/filter. Operating the engine with the air 8. Reverse Steps 2 through 4 to cleaner/filter off can cause you or reinstall the filter cover housing. others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine A. Screws (6) backfires. Use caution when working on the engine and do not B. Air Duct Clamp drive with the air cleaner/filter off. C. Electrical Connector 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is loosening the air duct clamp (B). off, dirt can easily get into the 3. Disconnect the electrical engine, which could damage it. connector (C). Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when you are driving. 4. Remove the screws (A) on top of the engine air cleaner/filter housing. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

Cooling System 2.4 L L4 Engine { WARNING The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct Heater and radiator hoses, and working temperature. other engine parts, can be very hot. Do not touch them. If you do, When it is safe to lift the hood: you can be burned. 2.0 L L4 Engine Do not run the engine if there is a leak. If you run the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you could be burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.

A. Electric Engine Cooling Fans Notice: Using coolant other than B. Coolant Surge Tank and DEX-COOL® can cause premature Pressure Cap engine, heater core, or radiator corrosion. In addition, the engine { WARNING coolant could require changing sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) A. Electric Engine Cooling Fans An electric engine cooling fan or 24 months, whichever occurs under the hood can start up even first. Any repairs would not be B. Coolant Surge Tank and when the engine is not running covered by the vehicle warranty. Pressure Cap and can cause injury. Keep Always use DEX-COOL hands, clothing, and tools away (silicate-free) coolant in the from any underhood electric fan. vehicle. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

Engine Coolant What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL The cooling system in the vehicle is coolant. If using this mixture, ® { WARNING filled with DEX-COOL engine nothing else needs to be added. coolant. This coolant is designed to Adding only plain water or some This mixture: remain in the vehicle for 5 years or other liquid to the cooling system . 240 000 km (150,000 miles), Gives freezing protection down whichever occurs first. can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside and other liquids, can boil before temperature. The following explains the cooling the proper coolant mixture will. . Gives boiling protection up to system and how to check and add The coolant warning system is set coolant when it is low. If there is a 129°C (265°F), engine for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. problem with engine overheating, With plain water or the wrong see Engine Overheating on mixture, the engine could get too . Protects against rust and page 10 21. ‑ hot but you would not get the corrosion. overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts. could catch fire and you or . Helps keep the proper engine others could be burned. Use a temperature. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

Notice: If an improper coolant Never dispose of engine coolant by Check to see if coolant is visible in mixture is used, the engine could putting it in the trash, pouring it on the coolant surge tank. If the coolant overheat and be badly damaged. the ground, or into sewers, streams, inside the coolant surge tank is The repair cost would not be or bodies of water. Have the coolant boiling, do not do anything else until covered by the vehicle warranty. changed by an authorized service it cools down. If coolant is visible Too much water in the mixture center, familiar with legal but the coolant level is not at the can freeze and crack the engine, requirements regarding used indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture radiator, heater core, and other coolant disposal. This will help of clean, drinkable water and parts. protect the environment and your DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant health. surge tank, but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done. Checking Coolant The coolant surge tank is located in The vehicle must be on a level the engine compartment on the surface when checking the coolant driver side of the vehicle. See level. Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for more information on location. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Notice: This vehicle has a the coolant surge tank pressure With plain water or the wrong specific coolant fill procedure. cap — even a little — they can mixture, the engine could get too Failure to follow this procedure come out at high speed. Never hot but you would not get the could cause the engine to turn the cap when the cooling overheat warning. The engine overheat and be severely system, including the coolant could catch fire and you or damaged. surge tank pressure cap, is hot. others could be burned. Use a If no problem is found, check to see Wait for the cooling system and 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable if coolant is visible in the coolant coolant surge tank pressure cap water and DEX-COOL coolant. surge tank. If coolant is visible to cool if you ever have to turn but the coolant level is not at the the pressure cap. indicated level mark, add a Notice: In cold weather, water 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable can freeze and crack the engine, water and DEX-COOL coolant at radiator, heater core and other the coolant surge tank, but be sure { WARNING parts. Use the recommended the cooling system, including the coolant and the proper coolant coolant surge tank pressure cap, is Adding only plain water or some mixture. cool before you do it. other liquid to the cooling system can be dangerous. Plain water { WARNING and other liquids, can boil before { WARNING the proper coolant mixture will. You can be burned if you spill Steam and scalding liquids from a The coolant warning system is set coolant on hot engine parts. hot cooling system can blow out for the proper coolant mixture. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and burn you badly. They are (Continued) and it will burn if the engine parts under pressure, and if you turn are hot enough. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

2.0 L L4 Engine Shown, 2.4 L L4 the coolant surge tank until the Engine Similar level reaches the indicated level mark. 5. Replace the pressure cap. Be sure the pressure cap is hand-tight. Check the level in the coolant surge tank when the cooling system has cooled down. If the coolant is not 1. Remove the coolant surge tank at the proper level, repeat Steps 1 pressure cap when the cooling through 3 and reinstall the pressure system, including the coolant cap. If the coolant still is not at the surge tank pressure cap and 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with proper level when the system cools upper radiator hose, is no the proper DEX-COOL coolant down again, see your dealer. longer hot. mixture to the indicated Turn the pressure cap slowly level mark. Engine Overheating counterclockwise about 4. With the coolant surge tank The vehicle has several indicators one-quarter of a turn. If you hear pressure cap off, start the to warn of engine overheating. a hiss, wait for that to stop. This engine and let it run until you will allow any pressure still left to can feel the upper radiator hose You will find an engine coolant be vented out the getting hot. Watch out for the temperature gauge on the vehicle's discharge hose. engine cooling fans. instrument panel cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 2. Keep turning the pressure cap By this time, the coolant level on page 5 10. slowly and remove it. inside the coolant surge tank ‑ may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper DEX-COOL coolant mixture to Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

If it is decided not to lift the hood If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from when this warning appears, but Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment instead get service help right away, see Roadside Assistance Program If an engine overheat warning is { WARNING displayed but no steam can be seen on page 13‑5. or heard, the problem may not be If it is decided to lift the hood, make Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine sure the vehicle is parked on a level can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the surface. just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: from the engine if you see or hear Then check to see if the engine . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. cooling fans are running. If the steam coming from it. Just turn it . engine is overheating, both fans off and get everyone away from Stops after high-speed driving. should be running. If they are not, the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic. do not continue to run the engine Wait until there is no sign of . Tows a trailer. and have the vehicle serviced. steam or coolant before you open the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed Notice: Engine damage from with no sign of steam: running the engine without If you keep driving when the coolant is not covered by the engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air conditioning off. warranty. in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as of the vehicle until the engine necessary. is cool. 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. If it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and let the engine idle. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

If the temperature overheat gauge Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering is no longer in the overheat zone Fluid or an overheat warning no longer displays, the vehicle can be driven. To check the power steering fluid: Continue to drive the vehicle slow for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe vehicle distance from the car in front of you. If the warning does not come back on, continue to drive normally. See Engine Compartment Overview If the warning continues, pull over, on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. stop, and park the vehicle right away. When to Check Power Steering If there is no sign of steam, idle Fluid the engine for three minutes while It is not necessary to regularly parked. If the warning is still check power steering fluid unless a displayed, turn off the engine until it leak is suspected in the system, 2.0 L L4 Dipstick Shown, 2.4 L L4 cools down. or an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss in this system could indicate a Dipstick Similar problem. Have the system inspected 1. Turn the key off and let the and repaired. engine compartment cool down. 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean. 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. 4. Replace the cap and completely tighten it. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

5. Remove the cap again and look Washer Fluid Notice at the fluid level on the dipstick. . What to Use When using concentrated The fluid level should be between washer fluid, follow the the MIN (Minimum) and MAX When windshield washer fluid is manufacturer's instructions (Maximum) marks when the engine needed, be sure to read the for adding water. is cold, and at the MAX mark when manufacturer's instructions before . Do not mix water with use. If operating the vehicle in an the engine is hot. If the fluid is at the ready-to-use washer fluid. area where the temperature may fall MIN mark when the engine is cold Water can cause the solution or hot, power steering fluid should below freezing, use a fluid that has to freeze and damage the be added. sufficient protection against washer fluid tank and other freezing. The fluid level should be between parts of the washer system. the MIN and MAX marks on the Adding Washer Fluid Also, water does not clean as dipstick. well as washer fluid. If the fluid is at or below the MIN . Fill the washer fluid tank only mark on the dipstick, add just three-quarters full when it is enough fluid to bring the level very cold. This allows for between the MIN and MAX marks. fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage What to Use the tank if it is To determine what kind of fluid to Open the cap with the washer completely full. use, see Recommended Fluids and symbol on it. Add washer fluid until . Do not use engine coolant Lubricants on page 11‑6. Always the tank is full. See Engine (antifreeze) in the windshield use the proper fluid. Compartment Overview on washer. It can damage the page 10‑6 for reservoir location. windshield washer system and paint. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment can cause a brake squeal when the Every time the brakes are applied, This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc brakes are first applied or lightly with or without the vehicle moving, brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads Replacing Brake System Parts are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed specifications in Capacities and { WARNING and tested with top-quality brake Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. new, approved replacement parts. not work well. That could lead to If this is not done, the brakes might Brake Pedal Travel a crash. When the brake wear not work properly. For example, warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are wrong for the vehicle, can change vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and pedal travel. This could be a sign rear brakes — for the worse. The Notice: Continuing to drive with that brake service might be braking performance expected can worn-out brake pads could result required. change in many other ways if the in costly brake repair. wrong replacement brake parts are installed. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake/clutch Checking Brake Fluid hydraulic system can also cause a low fluid level. Have the brake/ The brake/clutch fluid can be clutch hydraulic system fixed, checked without taking off the cap since a leak means that sooner by looking at the brake/clutch fluid or later the brakes will not reservoir. work well. The fluid level should be above Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. MIN. If it is not, have the brake/ Adding fluid does not correct a leak. clutch hydraulic system checked to The brake master cylinder and, on If fluid is added when the linings are see if there is a leak. manual transmission vehicles, the worn, there will be too much fluid clutch hydraulic system use the After work is done on the brake/ when new brake linings are same reservoir. See Engine clutch hydraulic system, make sure installed. Add or remove fluid, as Compartment Overview on the level is above MIN but not over necessary, only when work is done page 10 6 for the location of the the MAX mark. ‑ on the brake/clutch hydraulic reservoir. The reservoir is filled with system. When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a with either DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake low level, the brake warning light fluid as indicated on the { comes on. See Brake System reservoir cap. WARNING Warning Light on page 5‑16. There are only two reasons why the If too much brake fluid is added, it What to Add brake fluid level in the reservoir can spill on the engine and burn, might go down: If the vehicle has DOT 3 brake fluid, if the engine is hot enough. You as indicated on the reservoir cap, . The brake fluid level goes down or others could be burned, and use only new DOT 3 brake fluid because of normal brake lining the vehicle could be damaged. from a sealed container. See wear. When new linings are Add brake fluid only when work is Recommended Fluids and installed, the fluid level goes done on the brake/clutch Lubricants on page 11‑6. back up. hydraulic system. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

If the vehicle has DOT 4 brake fluid, Notice as indicated on the reservoir cap, { DANGER . Using the wrong fluid can use only new DOT 4 brake fluid badly damage brake/clutch from a sealed container. It is Battery posts, terminals, and hydraulic system parts. For related accessories contain lead recommended that the brake/clutch example, just a few drops of hydraulic system be flushed and and lead compounds, chemicals mineral-based oil, such as known to the State of California to refilled with new DOT 4 fluid at a engine oil, in the brake regular maintenance service every cause cancer and reproductive hydraulic system can harm. Wash hands after handling. two years. See Scheduled damage brake hydraulic Maintenance on page 11‑2 and system parts so badly that Recommended Fluids and they will have to be replaced. Vehicle Storage Lubricants on page 11‑6. Do not let someone put in Always clean the brake/clutch fluid the wrong kind of fluid. { WARNING reservoir cap and the area around . If brake fluid is spilled on the cap before removing it. This the vehicle's painted Batteries have acid that can burn helps keep dirt from entering the surfaces, the paint finish can you and gas that can explode. reservoir. be damaged. Be careful not You can be badly hurt if you are to spill brake fluid on the not careful. See Jump Starting on { WARNING vehicle. If you do, wash it off page 10‑70 for tips on working immediately. around a battery without With the wrong kind of fluid in the getting hurt. brake/clutch hydraulic system, the Battery brakes might not work well. This could cause a crash. Always use Refer to the replacement number Infrequent Usage: Remove the the proper brake/clutch fluid. shown on the original battery label black, negative (−) cable from the when a new battery is needed. See battery to keep the battery from Engine Compartment Overview on running down. page 10‑6 for battery location. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

Extended Storage: Remove the 3. For automatic transmission Automatic Transmission black, negative (−) cable from the vehicles, try to start the engine battery or use a battery trickle in each gear. The vehicle should Shift Lock Control charger. start only in P (Park) or Function Check N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts Starter Switch Check in any other position, contact { WARNING your dealer for service. { WARNING For manual transmission When you are doing this vehicles, put the shift lever in inspection, the vehicle could When you are doing this Neutral, push the clutch pedal move suddenly. If the vehicle inspection, the vehicle could down halfway, and try to start moves, you or others could be move suddenly. If the vehicle the engine. The vehicle should injured. moves, you or others could be start only when the clutch pedal injured. is pushed down all the way to 1. Before starting this check, be the floor. If the vehicle starts sure there is enough room when the clutch pedal is not 1. Before starting this check, be around the vehicle. It should be pushed all the way down, parked on a level surface. sure there is enough room contact your dealer for service. around the vehicle. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. 2. Firmly apply both the parking See Parking Brake on brake and the regular brake. page 9‑31. See Parking Brake on Be ready to apply the regular page 9‑31. brake immediately if the vehicle Do not use the accelerator begins to move. pedal, and be ready to turn off 3. With the engine off, turn the the engine immediately if it ignition on, but do not start the starts. engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move the Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

shift lever out of P (Park) with Park Brake and P (Park) Park on a fairly steep hill, with the normal effort. If the shift lever vehicle facing downhill. Keeping moves out of P (Park), contact Mechanism Check your foot on the regular brake, set your dealer for service. the parking brake. { WARNING . To check the parking brake's Ignition Transmission When you are doing this check, holding ability: With the engine Lock Check the vehicle could begin to move. running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot While parked, and with the parking You or others could be injured pressure from the regular brake brake set, try to turn the ignition to and property could be damaged. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is LOCK/OFF in each shift lever Make sure there is room in front held by the parking brake only. position. of the vehicle in case it begins to . To check the P (Park) . For automatic transmission roll. Be ready to apply the regular mechanism's holding vehicles, the ignition should turn brake at once should the vehicle ability: With the engine to LOCK/OFF only when the begin to move. running, shift to P (Park). shift lever is in P (Park). The Then release the parking brake ignition key should come out followed by the regular brake. only in LOCK/OFF. Contact your dealer if service is . For manual transmission required. vehicles, the ignition key should come out only in LOCK/OFF. Contact your dealer if service is required. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

Wiper Blade Replacement Headlamp Aiming Windshield wiper blades should be Headlamp aim has been preset at inspected for wear or cracking. See the factory and should need no Scheduled Maintenance on further adjustment. page 11‑2 for more information. However, if the vehicle is damaged It is a good idea to clean or replace in a crash, the headlamp aim may the wiper blade assembly on a be affected. Aim adjustment to the regular basis or when worn. For low-beam headlamps may be proper windshield wiper blade necessary if oncoming drivers flash length and type, see Maintenance their high-beam headlamps at you Replacement Parts on page 11‑8. (for vertical aim). Notice: Allowing the wiper blade 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle If the headlamps need to be arm to touch the windshield when of the wiper blade where the re-aimed, it is recommended that no wiper blade is installed could wiper arm attaches. the vehicle be taken to a dealer for damage the windshield. Any 3. With the latch open, pull the service. damage that occurs would not be wiper blade down toward the covered by your warranty. Do not windshield far enough to release allow the wiper blade arm to it from the J-hooked end of the touch the windshield. wiper arm. To replace the wiper blade: 4. Remove the wiper blade. 1. Pull the wiper assembly away 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 for from the windshield. wiper blade replacement. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn For the proper type of replacement Signal and Parking bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Lamps page 10‑34. For any bulb‐changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING Up–Level Headlamp Assembly Halogen bulbs have pressurized (Passenger Side Shown, Driver gas inside and can burst if you Side Similar) drop or scratch the bulb. You or A. High/Low‐Beam Headlamp ‐ To others could be injured. Be sure be replaced at the dealer only Base Headlamp Assembly to read and follow the instructions (Passenger Side Shown, Driver B. Turn Signal Lamp on the bulb package. Side Similar) Low-Beam Headlamps/Daytime A. High‐Beam Headlamp Running Lamps (DRL), B. Turn Signal Lamp High-Beam Headlamps (Base) C. Low‐Beam Headlamp/Daytime 1. For the driver side bulb, remove Running Lamp (DRL) the windshield washer bottle filler neck by firmly pulling it D. Parking Lamp straight up and out of the bottle. E. Sidemarker Lamp Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

2. Remove the outside cap for the Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side 6. For the driver side, reinstall the low-beam headlamp/DRL bulb Marker Lamps (Base and windshield washer bottle filler replacement from the back of the Up-Level) neck by firmly pushing it straight headlamp assembly. into the bottle. Ensure that the To replace the front turn signal, filler neck clip engages into the 3. Remove the inside cap for the parking lamp, or sidemarker lamp: high-beam headlamp bulb underhood electrical center replacement from the back of the 1. For the driver side bulb, remove retainer. headlamp assembly. the windshield washer bottle filler neck by firmly pulling it Fog Lamps 4. Disconnect the electrical straight up and out of the bottle. connector. To replace the fog lamp bulb: 2. Remove the bulb socket from 1. Locate the bulb assembly under 5. Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by the front fascia. the headlamp assembly. turning it counterclockwise. 2. Disconnect the electrical 6. Replace the bulb in the bulb 3. Remove the bulb from the connector from the bulb socket. socket. assembly. 7. Install the bulb socket in the 4. Replace the bulb in the bulb 3. Remove the bulb by turning it headlamp assembly. socket. counterclockwise and pulling it 8. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to 5. Install the bulb socket in the straight out of the assembly. reinstall the outside or inside cap headlamp assembly by turning it 4. Install the new bulb by turning it on the headlamp assembly. clockwise. clockwise into the assembly. High/Low Beam Headlamps ‐ 5. Reconnect the electrical (Up-Level) connector to the bulb assembly. The high/low‐beam headlamps on the up-level headlamp system are High Intensity Discharge (HID) and should be replaced at the dealer. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Taillamps, Turn Signal, To replace any one of these bulbs: Stoplamps, and Back-Up 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk Lamps Release on page 1‑5. 2. Remove the taillamp assembly access panel. 3. Remove the two nuts that secure the taillamp assembly. 4. Remove the taillamp assembly and detach the wiring harness connector. A. Back-up Lamp B. Taillamp C. Stop/Turn Signal Lamp D. Taillamp/Sidemarker Lamp A. Taillamp/Sidemarker Lamp 5. Turn the bulb socket B. Taillamp counterclockwise to remove it. C. Stop/Turn Signal Lamp 6. Pull the bulb from the socket. D. Back-up Lamp 7. Install a new bulb. 8. Turn the bulb socket clockwise to install it. 9. Reverse Steps 2 through 4 to reinstall the taillamp assembly. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

License Plate Lamp 6. Push the lamp assembly back into position until the release tab To replace one of these bulbs: locks into place. Replacement Bulbs Bulb Exterior Lamp Number Back-up Lamp 3157 K Fog Lamp H10 Front Turn 4157 NAK A. Bulb Socket Signal Lamp Front Sidemarker B. Bulb 194 Lamp (Base) Passenger Side Shown, Driver C. Lamp Assembly High Beam Side Similar ‐ H7 3. Turn the bulb socket (A) Headlamp (Base) 1. Push the release tab (A) toward counterclockwise to remove it License Plate Lamp 194 the lamp assembly. from the lamp assembly (C). 2. Pull the lamp assembly down to 4. Pull the bulb (B) straight out of Low‐Beam Headlamp/Daytime remove. the bulb socket. H11 Running 5. Push the replacement bulb Lamp (DRL) straight into the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket clockwise to install it into the lamp assembly. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

Bulb Headlamp Wiring Exterior Lamp Electrical System Number An electrical overload may cause Stop Lamp/Turn Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in 3157 K Signal Lamp Overload some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away Taillamp/ 3157 K The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or Sidemarker Lamp breakers to protect against an remain off. electrical system overload. For replacement bulbs not listed Windshield Wipers When the current electrical load is here, contact your dealer. too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. of the identical size and rating. If the overload is caused by an If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment Breakers Fuse Block The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems. To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the fuse block cover, be temporarily borrowed from press the three retaining clips on the another fuse location, if a fuse goes cover and lift it straight up. out. Replace the fuse as soon as possible. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the To identify and check fuses, circuit vehicle may damage it. Always breakers, and relays, see Engine keep the covers on any electrical Compartment Fuse Block on component. page 10‑36 and Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 10‑40. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

Fuse Usage Number Ignition, Transmission 5 Control Module, Engine Control Module 6 Windshield Wiper 7 Not Used Fuel Injection, 8 Ignition System Even Fuel Injection, 9 Ignition System Odd Engine Control Engine Compartment Fuse Block 10 Module Fuse Usage Fuse Usage 11 Oxygen Sensor Number Number 12 Starter Transmission 3 Not Used 1 Fuel System Control Control Module 13 4 Not Used Module Engine Control Secondary Air 2 14 Module Induction 15 Not Used Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

Fuse Usage Fuse Usage Fuse Usage Number Number Number 16 Vacuum Pump Left Hand Seat 42 Radiator Fan 1 29 Lumbar 17 Ignition, Airbag 43 Not Used Right Hand Seat 18 Not Used 30 Headlamp Washer Lumbar 44 System (if equipped) 19 Not Used 31 Not Used 45 Radiator Fan 2 20 Not Used Body Control 32 Terminal 87, Main Rear Power Module 6 46 21 Relay Windows 33 Heated Front Seats 47 Oxygen Sensor Antilock Brake 22 34 Sunroof System Valve 48 Fog Lamps 35 Infotainment System Variable Effort Right Hand Low 23 Steering 36 Not Used Beam, High Intensity 49 Discharge Front Power Right Hand 24 Headlamp Windows 37 High‐Beam Headlamp Left Hand Low 25 Power Outlets Beam, High Intensity Left Hand 50 Antilock Brake Discharge 26 38 High Beam System Pump ‐ Headlamp Headlamp Electric Parking 51 Horn 27 39 Not Used Brake Motor 40 Not Used 52 Heated Rear Indicator Lamp 28 Window 41 Vacuum Pump Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

Fuse Usage Fuse Usage Relay Usage Number Number Number Ignition, Inside 66 Not Used K7 Main Relay 53 Rearview Mirror Fuel System Control K8 Not Used 67 54 Not Used Module Cooling Fan K9 55 Power Windows 68 Not Used (LAF/LHU) 56 Windshield Washer 69 Battery Sensor K10 Cooling Fan (LAF) 57 Not Used 70 Not Used K11 Not Used 58 Not Used 71 Not Used K12 Cooling Fan (LHU) Secondary Air Cooling Fan 59 K13 Induction Relay Usage (LAF/LHU) Number 60 Heated Mirrors High Intensity K14 K1 Not Used Discharge Lamps 61 Not Used K2 Starter K15 Ignition Canister Vent 62 Solenoid K3 Cooling Fan (LHU) Secondary K16 AIR Pump 63 Not Used K4 Front Wiper (Step 2) Front Wiper (Step 1, Window/Mirror 64 Not Used K5 K17 Interval) Defog 65 Not Used K6 SAI Valve Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse To access the fuses, open the Number Usage storage compartment. Press in on Block Suspension Control the sides of the compartment to 1 release it from the instrument panel. Module Pull the door toward you to release Body Control 2 it from the hinge. Module 7 Body Control 3 Module 5 4 Radio Radio Displays, Park Assist, 5 Infotainment, Module Tunnel Control The instrument panel fuse block is 6 Power Outlet 1 located in the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. 7 Power Outlet 2 Instrument Panel Fuse Block Body Control 8 Module 3 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage Body Control 16 Trunk Release Body Control 9 23 Module 4 Module 1 Heater Ventilation Body Control 17 Air Conditioning Body Control 10 24 Module 8 Controller Module 2 Front Heater Service Fuse, 25 OnStar® 18 11 Ventilation Air Logistic Relay 26 Power Outlet, Trunk Conditioning/Blower 19 Not Used Right Hand Power 12 Automatic Occupant Front Seat 20 Sensing Left Hand Power 13 Instrument Panel Front Seat 21 Cluster Diagnostic Link 14 Discrete Logic Connector 22 Ignition Switch 15 Airbag Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires can same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. service center should repair, leading tire manufacturer. See Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount the warranty manual for maintain the recommended the tires. pressure. Tire pressure information regarding the tire . Do not spin the tires in warranty and where to get should be checked when the excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) service. For additional tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more as snow, mud, ice, etc. manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. { WARNING impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at See Tire Pressure for . Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. High-Speed Operation on improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause a dangerous. page 10‑50 for inflation pressure crash. If the tread is badly adjustment for high-speed . worn, replace them. Overloading the tires can driving. cause overheating as a result . Replace any tires that have of too much flexing. There been damaged by impacts could be a blowout and a with potholes, curbs, etc. serious crash. See Vehicle (Continued) Load Limits on page 9‑12. (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

Winter Tires If using snow tires: Consider installing winter tires on . Use tires of the same brand and the vehicle if frequent driving on tread type on all four wheel snow or ice covered roads is positions. expected. All season tires provide . Use only radial ply tires of the good overall performance on most same size, load range, and surfaces, but they may not offer the speed rating as the original traction or the same level of equipment tires. performance as winter tires on snow Winter tires with the same speed or ice covered roads. rating as the original equipment tires Winter tires, in general, are may not be available for H, V, W, Y, designed for increased traction on and ZR speed rated tires. If winter Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example snow and ice covered roads. With tires with a lower speed rating are winter tires, there may be decreased chosen, never exceed the tire's (A) Tire Size: The tire size is a dry road traction, increased road maximum speed capability. combination of letters and noise, and shorter tread life. After numbers used to define a changing to winter tires, be alert for Tire Sidewall Labeling particular tire's width, height, changes in vehicle handling and aspect ratio, construction type, braking. Useful information about a tire is and service description. See the molded into its sidewall. The See your dealer for details “Tire Size” illustration later in this regarding winter tire availability and examples show a typical section for more detail. proper tire selection. Also, see passenger vehicle tire and a Buying New Tires on page 10‑57. compact spare tire sidewall. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

(B) TPC Spec (Tire The TIN shows the Performance Criteria manufacturer and plant code, Specification): Original tire size, and date the tire was equipment tires designed to manufactured. The TIN is GM's specific tire performance molded onto both sides of the criteria have a TPC specification tire, although only one side may code molded onto the sidewall. have the date of manufacture. GM's TPC specifications meet or (E) Tire Ply Material: The type exceed all federal safety of cord and number of plies in guidelines. the sidewall and under the tread. (C) DOT (Department of (F) Uniform Tire Quality Compact Spare Tire Example Transportation): The Grading (UTQG): Tire Department of Transportation manufacturers are required to (A) Tire Ply Material: The type (DOT) code indicates that grade tires based on three of cord and number of plies in the tire is in compliance with performance factors: treadwear, the sidewall and under the tread. the U.S. Department of traction, and temperature (B) Temporary Use Only: The Transportation Motor Vehicle resistance. For more information Safety Standards. compact spare tire or temporary see Uniform Tire Quality use tire has a tread life of (D) Tire Identification Number Grading on page 10‑59. approximately 5 000 km (TIN): The letters and numbers (G) Maximum Cold Inflation (3,000 mi) and should not be following the DOT (Department Load Limit: Maximum load that driven at speeds over 105 km/h of Transportation) code are the can be carried and the (65 mph). The compact spare Tire Identification Number (TIN). maximum pressure needed to tire is for emergency use when a support that load. regular road tire has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle has a Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

compact spare tire, see information on tire pressure and Tire Designations Compact Spare Tire on inflation see Tire Pressure on page 10‑69 and If a Tire Goes page 10‑49. Tire Size Flat on page 10‑62. (F) Tire Size: A combination of The following is an example of a (C) Tire Identification Number letters and numbers define a typical passenger vehicle (TIN): The letters and numbers tire's width, height, aspect ratio, tire size. following the DOT (Department construction type, and service of Transportation) code are description. The letter T as the the Tire Identification Number first character in the tire size (TIN). The TIN shows the means the tire is for temporary manufacturer and plant code, use only. tire size, and date the tire was (G) TPC Spec (Tire manufactured. The TIN is Performance Criteria (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) molded onto both sides of the Specification): Original Tire: The United States version tire, although only one side may equipment tires designed to of a metric tire sizing system. have the date of manufacture. GM's specific tire performance The letter P as the first (D) Maximum Cold Inflation criteria have a TPC specification character in the tire size means Load Limit: Maximum load code molded onto the sidewall. a passenger vehicle tire that can be carried and the GM's TPC specifications meet or engineered to standards maximum pressure needed to exceed all federal safety set by the U.S. Tire and Rim support that load. guidelines. Association. (E) Tire Inflation: The (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit temporary use tire or compact number indicates the tire section spare tire should be inflated to width in millimeters from 420 kPa (60 psi). For more sidewall to sidewall. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

(C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit is certified to carry. The speed Belt: A rubber coated layer of number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a cords that is located between height‐to‐width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. the plies and the tread. Cords For example, if the tire size may be made from steel or other aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Tire Terminology and reinforcing materials. item C of the illustration, it would Definitions Bead: The tire bead contains mean that the tire's sidewall is steel wires wrapped by steel 60 percent as high as it is wide. Air Pressure: The amount of air inside the tire pressing cords that hold the tire onto (D) Construction Code: A outward on each square inch the rim. letter code is used to indicate of the tire. Air pressure is Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire the type of ply construction in expressed in kPa (kilopascal) in which the plies are laid at the tire. The letter R means or psi (pounds per square inch). alternate angles less than radial ply construction; the Accessory Weight: The 90 degrees to the centerline of letter D means diagonal or bias the tread. ply construction; and the letter B combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of means belted‐bias ply Cold Tire Pressure: The construction. optional accessories are amount of air pressure in a tire, automatic transmission, power measured in kPa (kilopascal) (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of steering, power brakes, power or psi (pounds per square inch) the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat (F) Service Description: These conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure characters represent the load Aspect Ratio: The relationship on page 10‑49. index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight: The weight of a tire. The load index represents motor vehicle with standard and the load carrying capacity a tire optional equipment including the Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

maximum capacity of fuel, oil, GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating: The and coolant, but without Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the passengers and cargo. Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation DOT Markings: A code molded page 9‑12. pressure for that tire. into the sidewall of a tire Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle signifying that the tire is in The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb compliance with the U.S. that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, Department of Transportation when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. Standards. The DOT code unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The includes the Tire Identification number of occupants a vehicle Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by designator which can also 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle identify the tire manufacturer, some multipurpose passenger Load Limits on page 9‑12. production plant, brand, and vehicles. date of production. Load Index: An assigned Occupant Distribution: Designated seating positions. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight number ranging from 1 to 279 Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The on page 9‑12. carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that Maximum Inflation Pressure: has a particular side that faces GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight outward when mounted on a Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that Vehicle Load Limits on contains a whitewall, bears page 9‑12. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

model name molding that is Sidewall: The portion of a tire tire's traction, temperature, higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead. and treadwear. Ratings are moldings on the other sidewall Speed Rating: An determined by tire of the tire. alphanumeric code assigned to manufacturers using Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A a tire indicating the maximum government testing procedures. tire used on passenger cars and speed at which a tire can The ratings are molded into the some light duty trucks and operate. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform multipurpose vehicles. Tire Quality Grading on Traction: The friction between page 10‑59. Recommended Inflation the tire and the road surface. Pressure: Vehicle The amount of grip provided. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The manufacturer's recommended number of designated seating Tread: The portion of a tire positions multiplied by 68 kg tire inflation pressure as shown that comes into contact with on the tire placard. See Tire (150 lbs) plus the rated cargo the road. load. See Vehicle Load Limits Pressure on page 10‑49 andVehicle Load Limits on Treadwear Indicators: Narrow on page 9‑12. page 9‑12. bands, sometimes called wear Vehicle Maximum Load on the bars, that show across the tread Tire: Load on an individual tire Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm tire in which the ply cords that due to curb weight, accessory (1/16 in) of tread remains. See weight, occupant weight, and extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires 90 degrees to the centerline of cargo weight. on page 10‑56. the tread. Vehicle Placard: A label UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Rim: A metal support for a tire permanently attached to a Grading Standards): A tire vehicle showing the vehicle and upon which the tire beads information system that provides are seated. capacity weight and the original consumers with ratings for a equipment tire size and Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

recommended inflation pressure. Overinflated tires, or tires that vehicle handling and ride See “Tire and Loading have too much air, can comfort. Never load the vehicle Information Label” under Vehicle result in: with more weight than it was Load Limits on page 9 12. designed to carry. ‑ . Unusual wear. Tire Pressure . Poor handling. When to Check Check the tires once a month or Tires need the correct amount of . Rough ride. more. Do not forget the compact air pressure to operate . Needless damage from spare tire, if the vehicle has one. effectively. road hazards. The compact spare should be at Notice: Neither tire The Tire and Loading 420 kPa (60 psi). For additional underinflation nor Information label on the vehicle information regarding the overinflation is good. indicates the original equipment compact spare tire, see Underinflated tires, or tires tires and the correct cold tire Compact Spare Tire on that do not have enough air, inflation pressures. The page 10‑69. can result in: recommended pressure is the How to Check . Tire overloading and minimum air pressure needed to overheating which could support the vehicle's maximum Use a good quality pocket-type lead to a blowout. load carrying capacity. gauge to check tire pressure. Proper tire inflation cannot be For additional information . Premature or determined by looking at the tire. irregular wear. regarding how much weight Check the tire inflation pressure the vehicle can carry, and an . when the tires are cold, meaning Poor handling. example of the Tire and Loading the vehicle has not been driven . Reduced fuel economy. Information label, see Vehicle for at least three hours or no Load Limits on page 9 12. How ‑ more than 1.6 km (1 mi). the vehicle is loaded affects Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

Remove the valve cap from the Tire Pressure for Vehicles with P235/50R18 size tires tire valve stem. Press the tire High-Speed Operation require inflation pressure adjustment gauge firmly onto the valve to when driving the vehicle at speeds get a pressure measurement. of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. { WARNING If the cold tire inflation pressure Set the cold inflation pressure to 270 kPa (39 psi). matches the recommended Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h pressure on the Tire and (100 mph) or higher, puts an Vehicles with P245/40R19 size tires Loading Information label, no additional strain on tires. require inflation pressure adjustment when driving the vehicle at speeds further adjustment is necessary. Sustained high-speed driving of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. causes excessive heat buildup If the inflation pressure is low, Set the cold inflation pressure to and can cause sudden tire failure. add air until the recommended 310 kPa (45 psi). pressure is reached. If the You could have a crash and you inflation pressure is high, press or others could be killed. Some Return the tires to the on the metal stem in the center high-speed rated tires require recommended cold tire inflation pressure when high-speed driving of the tire valve to release air. inflation pressure adjustment for high-speed operation. When has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits Re‐check the tire pressure with speed limits and road conditions on page 9‑12 and Tire Pressure on page 10 49. the tire gauge. are such that a vehicle can be ‑ Return the valve caps on the driven at high speeds, make sure valve stems to prevent leaks the tires are rated for high-speed and keep out dirt and moisture. operation, in excellent condition, and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or The TPMS malfunction indicator is System more of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure under‐inflated. telltale. When the system detects a The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on subsequent vehicle start‐ups as transmit tire pressure readings to a long as the malfunction exists. a significantly under‐inflated tire receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is Each tire, including the spare lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation illuminated, the system may not be (if provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire monthly when cold and inflated to tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability. of reasons, including the installation vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is of replacement or alternate tires or pressure label. (If your vehicle has not a substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent tires of a different size than the size maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction tire inflation pressure label, you telltale after replacing one or more pressure, even if under‐inflation has should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the As an added safety feature, your pressure telltale. TPMS to continue to function vehicle has been equipped with a Your vehicle has also been properly. tire pressure monitoring system equipped with a TPMS malfunction (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the See Tire Pressure Monitor system is not operating properly. Operation on page 10‑52 for additional information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

Federal Communications about the DIC operation and Commission (FCC) and displays, see Driver Information Industry Canada Center (DIC) on page 5‑22. See Radio Frequency Statement on The low tire pressure warning light page 13‑15 for information may come on in cool weather when regarding Part 15 of the Federal the vehicle is first started, and then Communications Commission (FCC) When a low tire pressure condition turn off as the vehicle is driven. This rules and Industry Canada is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the Standards RSS-210/220/310. the low tire pressure warning light air pressure is getting low and located on the instrument cluster. needs to be inflated to the proper If the warning light comes on, stop pressure. Tire Pressure Monitor as soon as possible and inflate the A Tire and Loading Information label Operation tires to the recommended pressure shows the size of the original shown on the Tire and Loading This vehicle may have a Tire equipment tires and the correct Information label. See Vehicle Load Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). inflation pressure for the tires when Limits on page 9 12. The TPMS is designed to warn the ‑ they are cold. See Vehicle Load driver when a low tire pressure A message to check the pressure in Limits on page 9‑12, for an example condition exists. TPMS sensors are a specific tire displays in the Driver of the Tire and Loading Information mounted onto each tire and wheel Information Center (DIC). The low label and its location. Also see Tire assembly, excluding the spare tire tire pressure warning light and the Pressure on page 10‑49. and wheel assembly. The TPMS DIC warning message come on at The TPMS can warn about a sensors monitor the air pressure in each ignition cycle until the tires are low tire pressure condition, but the tires and transmit the tire inflated to the correct inflation it does not replace normal tire pressure readings to a receiver pressure. Using the DIC, tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection located in the vehicle. pressure levels can be viewed. For on page 10 55, Tire Rotation on additional information and details ‑ page 10‑55, and Tires on page 10‑42. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

Notice: Tire sealant materials are Some of the conditions that can . One or more TPMS sensors not all the same. A non-approved cause these to come on are: are missing or damaged. The tire sealant could damage the malfunction light and the DIC . One of the road tires has been message should go off when the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor replaced with the spare tire. damage caused by using an TPMS sensors are installed and The spare tire does not have a the sensor matching process is incorrect tire sealant is not TPMS sensor. The malfunction covered by the vehicle warranty. performed successfully. See light and the DIC message your dealer for service. Always use only the should go off after the road tire GM-approved tire sealant is replaced and the sensor . Replacement tires or wheels do available through your dealer or matching process is performed not match the original equipment included in the vehicle. successfully. See "TPMS Sensor tires or wheels. Tires and wheels TPMS Malfunction Light and Matching Process" later in this other than those recommended section. could prevent the TPMS from Message functioning properly. See Buying . The TPMS will not function properly The TPMS sensor matching New Tires on page 10‑57. if one or more of the TPMS sensors process was not done or . Operating electronic devices or are missing or inoperable. When the not completed successfully after rotating the tires. The being near facilities using radio system detects a malfunction, the wave frequencies similar to the low tire pressure warning light malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after TPMS could cause the TPMS flashes for about one minute and sensors to malfunction. then stays on for the remainder of successfully completing the the ignition cycle. A DIC warning sensor matching process. See If the TPMS is not functioning message also displays. The "TPMS Sensor Matching properly, it cannot detect or signal a malfunction light and DIC warning Process" later in this section. low tire condition. See your dealer message come on at each ignition for service if the TPMS malfunction cycle until the problem is corrected. light and DIC message come on and stay on. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

TPMS Sensor Matching The TPMS sensor matching 7. Start with the driver side Process process is: front tire. Each TPMS sensor has a unique 1. Set the parking brake. 8. Place the relearn tool against identification code. The identification 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the tire sidewall, near the valve code needs to be matched to a new the engine off. stem. Then press the button to tire/wheel position after rotating the activate the TPMS sensor. 3. Use the MENU button to select vehicle’s tires or replacing one or A horn chirp confirms that the more of the TPMS sensors. Also, the Vehicle Information Menu in sensor identification code has the TPMS sensor matching process the Driver Information been matched to this tire and should be performed after replacing Center (DIC). wheel position. a spare tire with a road tire 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to 9. Proceed to the passenger side containing the TPMS sensor. The the Tire Pressure Menu Item front tire, and repeat the malfunction light and the DIC screen. procedure in Step 8. message should go off at the next 5. Press the SET/CLR button to ignition cycle. The sensors are 10. Proceed to the passenger side begin the sensor matching matched to the tire/wheel positions, rear tire, and repeat the process. using a TPMS relearn tool, in the procedure in Step 8. following order: driver side front tire, A message requesting 11. Proceed to the driver side rear passenger side front tire, passenger acceptance of the process tire, and repeat the procedure side rear tire, and driver side rear. should display. in Step 8. The horn sounds two See your dealer for service or to 6. Press the SET/CLR button again times to indicate the sensor purchase a relearn tool. to confirm the selection. identification code has been matched to the driver side rear There are two minutes to match The horn sounds twice to signal the first tire/wheel position, and tire, and the TPMS sensor the receiver is in relearn mode matching process is no longer five minutes overall to match all and the TIRE LEARNING four tire/wheel positions. If it takes active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on ACTIVE message on the DIC longer, the matching process stops the DIC screen. and must be restarted. display screen goes off. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. . The tire has a bump, bulge, New Tires on page 10‑61 and 13. Set all four tires to the or split. Wheel Replacement on recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut, page 10‑61. level as indicated on the Tire or other damage that cannot and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of the size or location of the Tire Inspection damage. We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation vehicle has one, be inspected Tires should be rotated every for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See least once a month. Scheduled Maintenance on Replace the tire if: page 11‑2. . The indicators at three or Tires are rotated to achieve a more places around the tire uniform wear for all tires. The Use this rotation pattern when can be seen. first rotation is the most rotating the tires. important. . There is cord or fabric Do not include the compact showing through the tire's Any time unusual wear is spare tire in the tire rotation. rubber. noticed, rotate the tires as soon as possible and check the wheel Adjust the front and rear tires to . The tread or sidewall is alignment. Also check for the recommended inflation cracked, cut, or snagged damaged tires or wheels. Also pressure on the Tire and deep enough to show cord check for damaged tires or Loading Information label after or fabric. wheels. See When It Is Time for the tires have been rotated See Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure on page 9‑12 and When It Is Time for New WARNING (Continued) Vehicle Load Limits on Tires page 9‑12. rust or dirt from places where the Factors such as maintenance, Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor wheel attaches to the vehicle. In temperatures, driving speeds, System. SeeTire Pressure an emergency, a cloth or a paper vehicle loading, and road conditions Monitor Operation on towel can be used; however, use affect the wear rate of the tires. page 10‑52. a scraper or wire brush later to Make certain that all wheel nuts remove all rust or dirt. are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Lightly coat the center of the Capacities and Specifications on wheel hub with wheel bearing page 12‑2. grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent corrosion { WARNING or rust build-up. Do not get grease on the flat wheel Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the mounting surface or on the parts to which it is fastened, can wheel nuts or bolts. make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come Treadwear indicators are one way to off and cause an accident. When tell when it is time for new tires. changing a wheel, remove any Treadwear indicators appear when (Continued) the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑55 and Tire Rotation on page 10‑55 for more information. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

The rubber in tires ages over time. Parking for an extended period can GM's exclusive TPC Spec This also applies for the spare tire, cause flat spots on the tires that system considers over a dozen if the vehicle has one, even if it is may result in vibrations while critical specifications that impact never used. Multiple conditions driving. When storing a vehicle for the overall performance of the including temperatures, loading at least a month, remove the tires or vehicle, including brake system conditions, and inflation pressure raise the vehicle to reduce the maintenance affect how fast aging weight from the tires. performance, ride and handling, takes place. Tires will typically need traction control, and tire to be replaced due to wear before Buying New Tires pressure monitoring they may need to be replaced performance. GM's TPC Spec due to age. Consult the tire GM has developed and matched number is molded onto the tire's manufacturer for more information specific tires for the vehicle. sidewall near the tire size. If the on when tires should be replaced. The original equipment tires tires have an all‐season tread installed were designed to Vehicle Storage design, the TPC Spec number meet General Motors Tire will be followed by MS for mud Tires age when stored normally Performance Criteria and snow. See Tire Sidewall mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Specification (TPC Spec) Labeling on page 10 43 for a vehicle that will be stored for at ‑ system rating. When additional information. least a month in a cool, dry, clean replacement tires are needed, area away from direct sunlight to GM strongly recommends GM recommends replacing all slow aging. This area should be the tires at the same time. free of grease, gasoline, or other buying tires with the same TPC Spec rating. Uniform tread depth on all tires substances that can deteriorate will help to maintain the rubber. performance of the vehicle. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

Braking and handling If the vehicle tires must be performance may be adversely { WARNING replaced with a tire that does not affected if all the tires are not Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make replaced at the same time. See brands, or types may cause sure they are the same size, Tire Inspection on page 10‑55 loss of control of the vehicle, load range, speed rating, and and Tire Rotation on page 10‑55 resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the for information on proper tire vehicle damage. Use the original tires. rotation. correct size, brand, and type Vehicles that have a tire of tires on all wheels. pressure monitoring system { WARNING could give an inaccurate Tires could explode during low‐pressure warning if non‐TPC improper service. Attempting to { WARNING Spec rated tires are installed. mount or dismount a tire could See Tire Pressure Monitor cause injury or death. Only your Using bias-ply tires on the System on page 10‑51. dealer or authorized tire service vehicle may cause the wheel The Tire and Loading center should mount or dismount rim flanges to develop cracks Information label indicates the the tires. after many miles of driving. original equipment tires on the A tire and/or wheel could fail vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits suddenly and cause a crash. on page 9‑12 for the label Use only radial-ply tires with location and more information the wheels on the vehicle. about the Tire and Loading Information label. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

Different Size Tires and (NHTSA), which grades tires WARNING (Continued) Wheels by treadwear, traction, and developed for the vehicle, and temperature performance. This If wheels or tires are installed that applies only to vehicles sold in are a different size than the original have them properly installed by a GM certified technician. the United States. The grades equipment wheels and tires, vehicle are molded on the sidewalls of performance, including its braking, most passenger car tires. The ride and handling characteristics, See Buying New Tires on Uniform Tire Quality Grading stability, and resistance to rollover page 10‑57 and Accessories and may be affected. If the vehicle has Modifications on page 10‑3 for (UTQG) system does not apply electronic systems such as antilock additional information. to deep tread, winter-type snow brakes, rollover airbags, traction tires, space-saver, or temporary control, and electronic stability Uniform Tire Quality use spare tires, tires with control, the performance of these Grading nominal rim diameters of systems can also be affected. 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), Quality grades can be found or to some limited-production { WARNING where applicable on the tire tires. sidewall between tread shoulder If different sized wheels are used, and maximum section width. For While the tires available on there may not be an acceptable example: General Motors passenger cars level of performance and safety and light trucks may vary with if tires not recommended for Treadwear 200 Traction AA respect to these grades, they those wheels are selected. This Temperature A must also conform to federal increases the chance of a crash The following information relates safety requirements and and serious injury. Only use GM additional General Motors Tire specific wheel and tire systems to the system developed by the United States National Highway Performance Criteria (TPC) (Continued) Traffic Safety Administration standards. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

All Passenger Car Tires Must Traction – AA, A, B, C tested under controlled Conform to Federal Safety The traction grades, from conditions on a specified indoor Requirements In Addition To highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, laboratory test wheel. Sustained These Grades. and C. Those grades represent high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate Treadwear the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under and reduce tire life, and The treadwear grade is a controlled conditions on excessive temperature can comparative rating based on specified government test lead to sudden tire failure. The the wear rate of the tire when surfaces of asphalt and grade C corresponds to a level tested under controlled concrete. A tire marked C may of performance which all conditions on a specified have poor traction performance. passenger car tires must meet government test course. Warning: The traction grade under the Federal Motor Safety For example, a tire graded assigned to this tire is based on Standard No. 109. Grades B and 150 would wear one and a half straight-ahead braking traction A represent higher levels of (1½) times as well on the tests, and does not include performance on the laboratory government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, test wheel than the minimum graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction required by law. Warning: The performance of tires depends characteristics. temperature grade for this tire is upon the actual conditions of established for a tire that is their use, however, and may Temperature – A, B, C properly inflated and not depart significantly from the The temperature grades overloaded. Excessive speed, norm due to variations in are A (the highest), B, and C, underinflation, or excessive driving habits, service practices representing the tire's resistance loading, either separately or in and differences in road to the generation of heat and its combination, can cause heat characteristics and climate. ability to dissipate heat when buildup and possible tire failure. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be Notice: The wrong wheel can repaired. See your dealer if any of also cause problems with bearing Balance these conditions exist. life, brake cooling, speedometer The tires and wheels were aligned Your dealer will know the kind of or odometer calibration, and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed. headlamp aim, bumper height, provide the longest tire life and best vehicle ground clearance, and tire overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the or tire chain clearance to the wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, body and chassis. diameter, width, offset, and be will not be necessary on a regular See If a Tire Goes Flat on basis. However, check the mounted the same way as the one it page 10‑62 for more information. alignment if there is unusual tire replaces. wear or if the vehicle is pulling to Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Used Replacement Wheels one side or the other. If the vehicle nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor vibrates when driving on a smooth System (TPMS) sensors with new { WARNING road, the tires and wheels might GM original equipment parts. need to be rebalanced. See your Replacing a wheel with a used dealer for proper diagnosis. { WARNING one is dangerous. How it has been used or how far it has been Wheel Replacement Using the wrong replacement driven may be unknown. It could Replace any wheel that is bent, wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel fail suddenly and cause a crash. cracked, or badly rusted or nuts can be dangerous. It could When replacing wheels, use a corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming affect the braking and handling of new GM original equipment loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and the vehicle. Tires can lose air, wheel. wheel nuts should be replaced. and cause loss of control, causing If the wheel leaks air, replace it. a crash. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat { WARNING It is unusual for a tire to blow out { WARNING while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause are maintained properly. If air goes permanent damage to the tire. Do not use tire chains. There is out of a tire, it is much more likely to Re-inflating a tire after it has not enough clearance. Tire chains leak out slowly. But if there ever is a been driven on while severely used on a vehicle without the blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a proper amount of clearance can what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash. cause damage to the brakes, If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire suspension, or other vehicle creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while parts. The area damaged by the toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat. tire chains could cause loss of the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized control and a crash. steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or Use another type of traction maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon as device only if its manufacturer gently brake to a stop, well off the possible. recommends it for the vehicle's road, if possible. tire size combination and A rear blowout, particularly on a road conditions. Follow that curve, acts much like a skid and manufacturer's instructions. To may require the same correction as avoid vehicle damage, drive used in a skid. Stop pressing the slow and readjust or remove the accelerator pedal and steer to traction device if it contacts the straighten the vehicle. It may be vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake If traction devices are used, install to a stop, well off the road, them on the front tires. if possible. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), { WARNING { WARNING use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of Lifting a vehicle and getting Changing a tire can be the wheel blocks (A). under it to do maintenance or dangerous. The vehicle can slip repairs is dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in A. Wheel Block 1 (First) or R (Reverse). B. Flat Tire 3. Turn off the engine and do If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle The following information explains and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised. how to repair or change a tire. to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to Tire Changing warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle. Warning Flashers on page 6‑3. 5. Place wheel blocks on both Removing the Spare Tire and sides of the tire at the Tools opposite corner of the tire To access the spare tire and tools: being changed. 1. Open the trunk. 2. Remove the spare tire cover. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire and Do not try to remove plastic caps Installing the Spare Tire from the cover or center cap. 3. Pull the cover or center cap away from the wheel. Store the wheel cover in the cargo area until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced.

3. Turn the retainer nut counterclockwise and remove the spare tire. Place the spare tire next to the tire being Take off the wheel cover or center changed. cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach 4. The jack and tools are stored the wheel bolts. below the spare tire. Remove 1. Do a safety check before them from their container and proceeding. See If a Tire Goes place them near the tire being Flat on page 10‑62 for more 4. Turn the wheel wrench changed. information. counterclockwise to loosen all the wheel nuts, but do not 2. Turn the wheel wrench remove them yet. counterclockwise to loosen and remove the wheel nut caps. 5. Place the jack near the flat tire. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

6. Put the compact spare tire near you. { WARNING Lifting a vehicle and getting under { WARNING it to do maintenance or repairs is Getting under a vehicle when it is dangerous without the jacked up is dangerous. If the appropriate safety equipment and vehicle slips off the jack, you training. If a jack is provided with could be badly injured or killed. the vehicle, it is designed only for Never get under a vehicle when it changing a flat tire. If it is used for is supported only by a jack. anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 9. Position the jack lift head at the is provided with the vehicle, only { jack location nearest the flat tire. WARNING use it for changing a flat tire. The location is indicated by a Raising the vehicle with the jack mark on the bottom edge of the improperly positioned can 7. Attach the jack handle extension front and rear door plastic molding. The jack must not be damage the vehicle and even onto the jack by sliding the hook used in any other position. make the vehicle fall. To help through the end of the jack. avoid personal injury and vehicle 8. Place the jack under the vehicle. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift Notice: Make sure that the jack head into the proper location lift head is in the correct position before raising the vehicle. or you may damage your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

Place the jack notch, as shown. 10. Raise the vehicle by turning the 11. Remove all of the wheel nuts. jack handle clockwise. Raise 12. Remove the flat tire. the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the road tire to clear the ground. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

14. Place the compact spare tire { WARNING on the wheel-mounting surface. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can { WARNING make wheel nuts become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts after time. The wheel could come or nuts because the nuts might off and cause an accident. When come loose. The vehicle's wheel changing a wheel, remove any could fall off, causing a crash. rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or a paper 15. Reinstall the wheel nuts. towel can be used; however, use Tighten each nut by hand until 13. Remove any rust or dirt from a scraper or wire brush later to the wheel is held against the wheel bolts, mounting the hub. remove all rust or dirt. surfaces, and spare wheel. 16. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

Notice: Wheel covers will not fit { WARNING on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on Wheel nuts that are improperly or the compact spare, the cover or incorrectly tightened can cause the spare could be damaged. the wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel nuts should Storing a Flat or Spare Tire be tightened with a torque wrench and Tools to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque { WARNING specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when Storing a jack, a tire, or other using accessory locking wheel equipment in the passenger 17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in nuts. See Capacities and compartment of the vehicle could a crisscross sequence, as cause injury. In a sudden stop or Specifications on page 12‑2 for shown. original equipment wheel nut collision, loose equipment could torque specifications. 18. Lower the jack all the way and strike someone. Store all these in remove the jack from under the the proper place. vehicle. Notice: Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake 19. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly To store the flat tire: with the wheel wrench. pulsation and rotor damage. To 1. If the flat tire is larger than the avoid expensive brake repairs, When reinstalling the wheel cover spare tire, use the longer evenly tighten the wheel nuts in or center cap on the full-size tire, mounting bolt from the tool bag. the proper sequence and to the tighten all five plastic caps hand proper torque specification. See snug with the aid of the wheel Capacities and Specifications on wrench and tighten them with page 12‑2 for the wheel nut the wheel wrench an additional torque specification. one‐quarter of a turn. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

To store the compact spare tire, use After installing the compact spare the shorter mounting bolt. on the vehicle, stop as soon as The compact spare is for temporary possible and make sure the spare use only. Replace the compact tire is correctly inflated. The spare tire with a full-size tire as compact spare is made to perform soon as you can. well at speeds up to 105 km/h (65 mph) for distances up to 5 000 km (3,000 mi), so you can Compact Spare Tire finish your trip and have the full-size tire repaired or replaced at your { WARNING convenience. Of course, it is best to replace the spare with a full-size tire Driving with more than one as soon as possible. The spare tire 2. Slide the shorter bolt to remove compact spare tire at a time could will last longer and be in good it from the floor and insert the result in loss of braking and shape in case it is needed again. longer one. handling. This could lead to a Notice: When the compact spare crash and you or others could be 3. Replace the jack and tools in is installed, do not take the their original storage location. injured. Use only one compact vehicle through an automatic 4. Place the tire, lying flat, facing spare tire at a time. car wash with guide rails. The up in the spare tire well. compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the 5. Turn the retainer nut clockwise If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, wheel and other parts of the to secure the tire. tire, it was fully inflated when the vehicle was new; however, it can vehicle. 6. Place the floor cover on the lose air after a time. Check the wheel. inflation pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi). Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

Do not use the compact spare on Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps other vehicles. could result in costly damage to For more information about the Do not mix the compact spare tire or the vehicle that would not be vehicle battery, see Battery on wheel with other wheels or tires. covered by the warranty. page 10 27 They will not fit. Keep the spare tire ‑ Trying to start the vehicle by and its wheel together. If the battery has run down, try to pushing or pulling it will not use another vehicle and some Notice: Tire chains will not fit the work, and it could damage the jumper cables to start your vehicle. compact spare. Using them can vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to damage the vehicle and can The jump start negative (A) is the do it safely. damage the chains too. Do not power steering line fitting and bolt use tire chains on the compact on the top of the power spare. { WARNING steering pump. Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because: . They contain acid that can burn you. . They contain gas that can explode or ignite. . They contain enough electricity to burn you. If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

2. Position the two vehicles so that they are not touching. 3. To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling, set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in Neutral before setting the parking brake. Notice: If the radio or other accessories are left on during the 2.0L Engine Shown, 2.4L Similar 2.0L Engine Shown, 2.4L Similar jump starting procedure, they The jump start positive (B) is These locations are used instead of could be damaged. The repairs located under a trim cover in the a direct connection to the battery. would not be covered by the engine compartment on the driver 1. Check the other vehicle. It must warranty. Always turn off the side of the vehicle. have a 12-volt battery with a radio and other accessories when negative ground system. jump starting the vehicle. Notice: Only use a vehicle that 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF has a 12-volt system with a and switch off all lights and negative ground for jump accessories in both vehicles, starting. If the other vehicle does except the hazard warning not have a 12-volt system with a flashers if needed. negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

An electric fan can start up even add water to take care of that when the engine is not running first. If you don't, explosive gas and can injure you. Keep hands, could be present. clothing and tools away from any Battery fluid contains acid that underhood electric fan. can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush { WARNING the place with water and get medical help immediately. Using a match near a battery can 5. Connect one end of the red cause battery gas to explode. positive (+) cable to the jump People have been hurt doing this, start positive (+) post (A). Use a and some have been blinded. { WARNING remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Use a flashlight if you need more Fans or other moving engine light. parts can injure you badly. Keep 6. Do not let the other end of the Be sure the battery has enough your hands away from moving red positive (+) cable touch water. You do not need to add parts once the engine is running. metal. Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of the good water to the battery installed in battery (B). Use a remote your new vehicle. But if a battery positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has filler caps, be sure the right has one. amount of fluid is there. If it is low, (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

7. Connect one end of the black 9. Start the engine in the vehicle negative (–) cable to the with the good battery and run negative (–) terminal of the good the engine at idle speed for at battery (C). Use a remote least four minutes. negative (−) terminal if the 10. Try to start the vehicle that had vehicle has one. the dead battery. If it will not Do not let the other end touch start after a few tries, it anything until the next step. The probably needs service. other end of the negative (–) Notice: If the jumper cables are cable does not go to the dead connected or removed in the battery. It goes to a heavy, wrong order, electrical shorting unpainted metal engine part or may occur and damage the Jumper Cable Removal to a remote negative (–) terminal vehicle. The repairs would not be on the vehicle with the dead covered by the vehicle warranty. A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine battery. Always connect and remove the Part or Remote Negative (–) 8. Connect the other end of the jumper cables in the correct Terminal black negative (–) cable to an order, making sure that the B. Good Battery or Remote unpainted heavy metal engine cables do not touch each other or Positive (+) and Remote part (D) away from the dead other metal. Negative (–) Terminals battery, but not near engine parts that move. C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

To disconnect the jumper cables Towing Recreational Vehicle from both vehicles: Towing 1. Disconnect the black Towing the Vehicle negative (−) cable from the Recreational vehicle towing means vehicle that had the dead Notice: To avoid damage, the towing the vehicle behind another battery. disabled vehicle should be towed vehicle, such as behind a motor with all four wheels off the home. The two most common types 2. Disconnect the black ground. Care must be taken with of recreational vehicle towing are negative (−) cable from the vehicles that have low ground known as dinghy towing and dolly vehicle with the good battery. clearance and/or special towing. Dinghy towing is towing the 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) equipment. Always flatbed on a vehicle with all four wheels on the cable from the vehicle with the car carrier. ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the good battery. Consult your dealer or a ground and two wheels up on a professional towing service if the 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) device known as a dolly. cable from the other vehicle. disabled vehicle must be towed. See Roadside Assistance Program Here are some important things to 5. Return the caps over the on page 13‑5. consider before recreational vehicle positive (+) and negative (–) towing: terminals to their original To tow the vehicle behind another positions. vehicle for recreational purposes, . What is the towing capacity of such as behind a motorhome, see the towing vehicle? Be sure to “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this read the tow vehicle section. manufacturer's recommendations. . What is the distance that will be traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

. Is the proper towing equipment Dinghy Towing from the Front Use the following procedure to going to be used? See your (All Except 2.0L Engine and dinghy tow the vehicle from the front dealer or trailering professional Automatic Transmission) with all four wheels on the ground: for additional advice and equipment recommendations. When dinghy towing a vehicle with 1. Position the vehicle being towed an automatic transmission, the behind the tow vehicle. . Is the vehicle ready to be vehicle should be run at the towed? Just as preparing the 2. Shift the automatic transmission beginning of each day and at each vehicle for a long trip, make sure to P (Park) or a manual RV fuel stop for about five minutes. the vehicle is prepared to be transmission into 1 (First) gear This will ensure proper lubrication of towed. and turn the engine off. transmission components. 3. Set the parking brake. Dinghy Towing from the Front (With 2.0L Engine and 4. Following the manufacturer's Automatic Transmission) instructions, attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. Notice: If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the 5. Shift the automatic transmission ground, the drivetrain to N (Neutral) or a manual components could be damaged. transmission to Neutral. The repairs would not be covered 6. Release the parking brake. by the vehicle warranty. Do not When towing the vehicle for tow the vehicle with all four extended periods of time, start the wheels on the ground. vehicle as often as possible to Vehicles with the 2.0L engine and prevent battery drain. This should an automatic transmission should be done when the tow vehicle is not be towed with all four wheels on parked. the ground. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing from the Rear Dolly Towing from the Front Use the following procedure to dolly tow the vehicle from the front: 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the front wheels onto the dolly. 3. Shift the automatic transmission into P (Park) or a manual transmission into 1 (First) gear. 4. Firmly set the parking brake. 5. Use an adequate clamping device designed for towing to The vehicle was not designed to be Vehicles with front-wheel drive can ensure that the front wheels are towed from the rear with all four be dolly towed from the front. locked into the straight-ahead wheels on the ground. position. 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer's instructions. 7. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being towed is firmly attached to the towing vehicle. 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

Dolly Towing from the Rear Appearance Care Notice: Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Exterior Care may damage it. Use only Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ non-abrasive waxes and polishes Lenses that are made for a basecoat/ clearcoat paint finish on the Use only lukewarm or cold water, a vehicle. soft cloth, and a car washing soap Foreign materials such as calcium to clean exterior lamps and lenses. chloride and other salts, ice melting Follow instructions under Washing “ agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, the Vehicle later in this section. ” bird droppings, chemicals from Finish Care industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they Occasional waxing or mild polishing remain on painted surfaces. Wash The vehicle cannot be dolly towed of the vehicle by hand may be from the rear. the vehicle as soon as possible. necessary to remove residue from If necessary, use non-abrasive the paint finish. Approved cleaning cleaners that are marked safe for products can be obtained from your painted surfaces to remove foreign dealer. matter. If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Exterior painted surfaces are clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat subject to aging, weather, and gives more depth and gloss to the chemical fallout that can take their colored basecoat. Always use toll over a period of years. To keep waxes and polishes that are the paint finish looking new, keep non-abrasive and made for a the vehicle garaged or covered basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. whenever possible. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Approved cleaning products can High pressure car washes could Parts be obtained from your dealer. cause water to enter the vehicle. Bright metal parts should be Follow all manufacturer Avoid using high pressure washes cleaned regularly to keep their directions regarding correct closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the luster. Wash with water or use product usage, necessary safety surface of the vehicle. Use of power chrome polish on chrome or precautions, and appropriate washers exceeding 8,274 kPa stainless steel trim, if necessary. disposal of any vehicle care (1,200 psi) can result in damage or product. Certain cleaners contain removal of paint and decals. Use special care with aluminum chemicals that can damage the Notice: Conveyor systems on trim. To avoid damaging protective emblems or nameplates on the trim, never use auto or chrome some automatic car washes could vehicle. Check the cleaning damage the vehicle. There may polish, steam, or caustic soap product label. If it states that it to clean aluminum. A coating of not be enough clearance for the should not be used on plastic undercarriage. Check with the car wax, rubbed to high polish, is parts, do not use it on the vehicle recommended for all bright metal wash manager before using the or damage may occur and it automatic car wash. parts. would not be covered by the Washing the Vehicle warranty. Weatherstrips Rinse the vehicle well, before To preserve the vehicle's finish, Silicone grease on weatherstrips will washing and after, to remove all keep it clean by washing it often. make them last longer, seal better, cleaning agents completely. If they and not stick or squeak. Apply Do not wash the vehicle in direct are allowed to dry on the surface, silicone grease with a clean cloth. sunlight and use a car they could stain. During very cold, damp weather washing soap. Dry the finish with a soft, clean frequent application may be Notice: Do not use cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to required. See Recommended Fluids agents that are petroleum based avoid surface scratches and water and Lubricants on page 11‑6. or that contain acid or abrasives, spotting. as they can damage the paint, metal, or plastic on the vehicle. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum The repairs would not be covered Wipers can be damaged by: by the vehicle warranty. Use only or Chrome . Extreme dusty conditions approved cleaners on aluminum The vehicle may have either or chrome-plated wheels. . Sand and salt aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. Notice: Never drive a vehicle that . Heat and sun Keep the wheels clean using a soft, has aluminum or chrome-plated clean cloth with mild soap and . Snow and ice, without proper wheels through an automatic car removal water. Rinse with clean water. After wash that uses silicone carbide rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft, tire cleaning brushes, as this Tires clean towel. A wax may then be could cause damage. The repairs applied. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to would not be covered by the clean the tires. Notice: Chrome wheels and other vehicle warranty. chrome trim may be damaged if Notice: Using petroleum-based the vehicle is not washed after Windshield and Wiper Blades tire dressing products on the driving on roads that have been Clean the outside of the windshield vehicle may damage the paint sprayed with magnesium, calcium with glass cleaner. finish and/or tires. When applying or sodium chloride. These a tire dressing, always wipe off Clean the rubber blades using a chlorides are used on roads for any overspray from all painted lint free cloth or paper towel soaked conditions such as ice and dust. ‐ surfaces on the vehicle. with windshield washer fluid or a Always wash the chrome with mild detergent. Wash the windshield Sheet Metal Damage soap and water after exposure. thoroughly when cleaning the If the vehicle is damaged and Notice: Do not use strong soaps, blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and requires sheet metal repair or chemicals, abrasive polishes, a buildup of vehicle wash/wax replacement, make sure the body cleaners, brushes, or cleaners treatments may cause wiper repair shop applies anti-corrosion that contain acid on aluminum or streaking. Replace the wiper blades material to parts repaired or chrome-plated wheels, because if they are worn or damaged. replaced to restore corrosion the surface could be damaged. protection. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

Original manufacturer replacement At least every spring, flush these plastic surfaces. Stains should be parts will provide the corrosion materials from the underbody with removed quickly as extreme heat protection while maintaining the plain water. Clean any areas where could cause them to set rapidly. vehicle warranty. mud and debris can collect. Dirt Lighter colored interiors may packed in close areas of the frame Finish Damage require more frequent cleaning. should be loosened before being Newspapers and garments that can Any stone chips, fractures, or deep flushed. Your dealer or an transfer color to home furnishings scratches in the finish should be underbody car washing system can can also transfer color to the repaired right away. Bare metal will do this. interior. corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense. Chemical Paint Spotting Remove dust from small buttons Some weather and atmospheric and knobs with a small brush with Minor chips and scratches can be soft bristles. repaired with touch-up materials conditions can create a chemical available from your dealer. Larger fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall Your dealer has products for areas of finish damage can be upon and attack painted surfaces on cleaning the interior. When cleaning corrected in your dealer's body and the vehicle. This damage can take the interior, only use cleaners paint shop. two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped specifically designed for the discolorations, and small, irregular surfaces that are being cleaned. Underbody Maintenance dark spots etched into the paint Permanent damage can result from surface. Chemicals used for ice and snow using cleaners on surfaces for removal and dust control can collect which they were not intended. Apply on the underbody. If these are not Interior Care the cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth to prevent over-spray. Remove removed, corrosion and rust can The interior will continue to look its any accidental over-spray from develop on the underbody parts best if it is cleaned often. Dust and other surfaces immediately. such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, dirt can accumulate on the and exhaust system even though upholstery and cause damage to they have corrosion protection. the carpet, fabric, leather, and Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

Notice: Using abrasive cleaners . Never apply heavy pressure or Fabric/Carpet when cleaning glass surfaces on rub aggressively with a cleaning Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft the vehicle, could scratch the cloth. Use of heavy pressure can brush attachment to remove dust glass and/or cause damage to the damage the interior and does and loose dirt. A canister vacuum rear window defogger. When not improve the effectiveness of with rotating brushes in the nozzle cleaning the glass on the vehicle, soil removal. may only be used on floor carpet use only a soft cloth and glass . Avoid laundry detergents or and carpeted floor mats. For soils, cleaner. dishwashing soaps with always try to remove them first with Cleaners can contain solvents that degreasers. Using too much plain water or club soda. Before can become concentrated in the soap will leave a residue that cleaning, gently remove as much of interior. Before using cleaners, read leaves streaks and attracts dirt. the soil as possible using one of the and adhere to all safety instructions For liquid cleaners, about following techniques: on the label. While cleaning the 20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of . For liquids: gently blot the interior, maintain adequate water is a good guide. Use only remaining soil with a paper ventilation by opening the doors and mild, neutral-pH soaps. towel. Allow the soil to absorb windows. . Do not heavily saturate the into the paper towel until no Do not clean the interior using the upholstery while cleaning. more can be removed. following cleaners or techniques: . Cleaners that contain solvents . For solid dry soils: remove as . Never use a knife or any other can damage the interior. much as possible and then sharp object to remove a soil vacuum. from any interior surface. To clean: . Never use a stiff brush. It can 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white cause damage. cloth with water or club soda. 2. Remove excess moisture. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of the Leather to clean the interior because they soil and gently rub toward the can alter the appearance by Leather, and lighter colored leather center. Continue cleaning, using increasing the gloss in a in particular, will need more frequent a clean area of the cloth each non-uniform manner. cleaning to prevent the buildup of time it becomes soiled. dust, dirt, and colors transferred Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and 4. Continue to gently rub the from other items so that these do Other Plastic Surfaces soiled area. not become permanent stains. To remove dust, a soft cloth 5. If the soil is not completely To remove dust, a soft cloth dampened with water can be used. removed, use a mild soap dampened with water can be used. If a more thorough cleaning is solution and repeat the cleaning If a more thorough cleaning is necessary, a clean soft cloth process with plain water. necessary, a soft cloth dampened dampened with a mild soap solution If any of the soil remains, a with a mild soap solution can be can be used to gently remove dust commercial fabric cleaner or spot used. Your dealer has a GM and dirt. Never use spot lifters or lifter may be necessary. Test a small approved leather cleaner available removers on plastic surfaces. Many hidden area for colorfastness before that provides superior cleaning commercial cleaners and coatings using a commercial upholstery performance when used regularly that are sold to preserve and cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally on finished automotive leathers. protect soft plastic surfaces cleaned area gives any impression Allow the leather to dry naturally. Do may permanently change the that a ring formation may result, not use heat, steam, spot lifters or appearance and feel of the interior clean the entire surface. spot removers, or shoe polish on and are not recommended. Do not leather. Many commercial leather use silicone or wax-based products, A paper towel can be used to blot cleaners and coatings that are or those containing organic solvents excess moisture from the fabric or sold to preserve and protect leather to clean the interior because they carpet after the cleaning process. may permanently change the can alter the appearance by appearance and feel of the leather increasing the gloss in a and are not recommended. Do not non-uniform manner. use silicone or wax-based products, or those containing organic solvents Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

Some commercial products may Care of Safety Belts increase gloss on the instrument WARNING (Continued) Keep belts clean and dry. panel. The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the and injury. Make sure the floor windshield and even make it difficult { WARNING mat does not interfere with the to see through the windshield under accelerator or brake pedal. certain conditions. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It may severely weaken them. In Use the following guidelines for Notice: Air fresheners contain a crash, they might not be able to proper floor mat usage: solvents that may cause damage provide adequate protection. to plastics and painted surfaces. Clean safety belts only with mild . The original equipment floor Follow the manufacturer s ’ soap and lukewarm water. mats were designed for your instructions when using air vehicle. If the floor mats need fresheners in the vehicle. If air replacing, it is recommended freshener comes in contact with Floor Mats that GM certified floor mats be paint or a plastic surface, blot purchased. Non-GM floor mats immediately with a soft cloth. { WARNING may not fit properly and may Damage caused by using air interfere with the accelerator or fresheners would not be covered If a floor mat is the wrong size or brake pedal. Always check that by the vehicle warranty. is not properly installed, it can the floor mats do not interfere interfere with the accelerator with the pedals. pedal and/or brake pedal. . Use the floor mat with the Interference with the pedals can correct side up. Do not turn cause unintended acceleration it over. and/or increased stopping distance which can cause a crash (Continued) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

. Do not place anything on top of Removing and Replacing the Reinstall by lining up the floor mat the driver side floor mat. Floor Mats retainer openings over the carpet . retainers and snap into position. Use only a single floor mat on Pull up on the rear of the floor mat the driver side. to unlock each retainer and remove. Make sure the floor mat is properly . Do not place one floor mat on secured in place. top of another. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the accelerator, clutch, or the brake pedal. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information vehicle maintenance helps to Service and keep the vehicle in good working Maintenance Notice: Maintenance intervals, condition, improves fuel economy, checks, inspections, and reduces vehicle emissions for recommended fluids, and better air quality. lubricants are necessary to keep General Information Because of all the different ways this vehicle in good working General Information ...... 11-1 people use vehicles, maintenance condition. Damage caused by needs vary. The vehicle might need Scheduled Maintenance failure to follow scheduled more frequent checks and services. Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2 maintenance might not be Please read the information under covered by the vehicle warranty. Recommended Fluids, Scheduled Maintenance. To keep Lubricants, and Parts As the vehicle owner, you are the vehicle in good condition, see Recommended Fluids and responsible for the scheduled your dealer. Lubricants ...... 11-6 maintenance in this section. We Maintenance Replacement recommend having your dealer Parts ...... 11-8 perform these services. Proper Maintenance Records Maintenance Records ...... 11-9 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

The maintenance schedule is for At your dealer, you can be certain Scheduled vehicles that: that you will receive the highest level of service available. Your Maintenance . Carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on dealer has specially trained service technicians, uses genuine When the Change Engine Oil the Tire and Loading Information Soon Message Displays label. See Vehicle Load Limits replacement parts, as well as, up to date tools and equipment to on page 9‑12. ‐ ‐ Change engine oil and filter. See ensure fast and accurate Engine Oil on page 10 9. An . ‑ Are driven on reasonable road diagnostics. Emission Control Service. surfaces within legal driving limits. The proper replacement parts, When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL fluids, and lubricants to use are SOON message displays, service is . Use the recommended fuel. See listed in Recommended Fluids and required for the vehicle as soon as Recommended Fuel on Lubricants on page 11‑6 and possible, within the next 1 000 km/ page 9‑44. Maintenance Replacement Parts on 600 miles. If driving under the best page 11‑8. We recommend the use conditions, the engine oil life system { WARNING of genuine parts from your dealer. might not indicate the need for Rotation of New Tires vehicle service for more than a year. Performing maintenance work can The engine oil and filter must be be dangerous. Some jobs can To maintain ride, handling, and changed at least once a year and cause serious injury. Perform performance of the vehicle, it is the oil life system must be reset. maintenance work only if you important that the first rotation Your dealer has trained service have the required know-how and service for new tires be performed. technicians who will perform this the proper tools and equipment. Tires should be rotated every work and reset the system. If the If in doubt, see your dealer to 12 000 km/7,500 mi. See Tire engine oil life system is reset have a qualified technician do the Rotation on page 10‑55. accidentally, service the vehicle work. See Doing Your Own within 5 000 km/3,000 miles since Service Work on page 10‑4. the last service. Reset the oil life Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

system whenever the oil is changed. damaged wiper blade . Body hinges and latches, key See Engine Oil Life System on replacement. See Wiper Blade lock cylinders, folding seat page 10‑13. Replacement on page 10‑30. hardware, and sunroof (if equipped) lubrication. See Every Engine Oil Change . Tire inflation pressures check. Recommended Fluids and See Tire Pressure on . Lubricants on page 11‑6. More Change engine oil and filter. page 10‑49. Reset oil life system. See frequent lubrication may be Engine Oil on page 10‑9 and . Tire wear inspection. See Tire required when the vehicle is Engine Oil Life System on Inspection on page 10‑55. exposed to a corrosive environment. Applying silicone page 10‑13. An Emission . Rotate tires if necessary. See grease on weatherstrips with a Control Service. Tire Rotation on page 10 55. ‑ clean cloth makes them last . Engine coolant level check. See . Fluids visual leak check (or longer, seal better, and not stick Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. every 12 months, whichever or squeak. occurs first). A leak in any . Engine cooling system . Restraint system component system must be repaired and the inspection. Visual inspection of check. See Safety System fluid level checked. hoses, pipes, fittings, and Check on page 3‑26. clamps and replacement, . Engine air cleaner filter . Fuel system inspection for if needed. inspection. See Engine Air damage or leaks. . Windshield washer fluid level Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑15. . Exhaust system and nearby heat check. See Washer Fluid on . Brake system inspection (or shields inspection for loose or page 10‑24. every 12 months, whichever damaged components. . Windshield wiper blade occurs first). inspection for wear, cracking, . Steering and suspension or contamination and windshield inspection. Visual inspection for and wiper blade cleaning, damaged, loose, or missing if contaminated. See Exterior parts or signs of wear. Care on page 10‑77. Worn or Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

Additional Required Services Once a Year Once Every Two Years Every 12 000 km/7,500 Miles . See Starter Switch Check on . Vehicles using DOT 4 brake fluid page 10‑28. only: Change brake/clutch . Rotate tires. Tires should be hydraulic fluid at a regular rotated every 12 000 km/ . See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function maintenance service every 7,500 miles. See Tire Rotation two years. on page 10‑55. Check on page 10‑28. First Engine Oil Change After At Each Fuel Stop . See Ignition Transmission Lock Check on page 10‑29. Every 40 000 km/25,000 Miles . Engine oil level check. See . . See Park Brake and P (Park) Passenger compartment air Engine Oil on page 10‑9. Mechanism Check on filter replacement (or every . Engine coolant level check. See page 10‑29. 24 months, whichever occurs Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. first). More frequent replacement . Accelerator pedal check for may be needed if you drive in . Windshield washer fluid level damage, high effort, or binding. areas with heavy traffic, areas check. See Washer Fluid on Replace if needed. with poor air quality, or areas page 10‑24. . Underbody flushing service. with high dust levels. Replacement may also be Once a Month . Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/Liftglass needed if you notice reduced air . Tire inflation check. See Tire Support Gas Strut Service: flow, windows fogging up, Pressure on page 10 49. ‑ Visually inspect gas strut, or odors. Your dealer can help . Tire wear inspection. See Tire if equipped, for signs of wear, you determine when it is the cracks, or other damage. Check Inspection on page 10‑55. right time to replace the filter. the hold open ability of the gas . Sunroof track and seal strut. Contact your dealer if inspection, if equipped. See service is required. Sunroof on page 2‑15. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5

First Engine Oil Change After Agency or the California Air First Engine Oil Change After Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles Resources Board has Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles determined that the failure to . Engine air cleaner filter . Engine cooling system drain, replacement. See Engine Air perform this maintenance item flush, and refill (or every will not nullify the emission Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑15. five years, whichever occurs warranty or limit recall liability first). See Cooling System on . Automatic transmission fluid prior to the completion of the change (severe service) for page 10‑17. An Emission vehicle's useful life. We, Control Service. vehicles mainly driven in heavy however, urge that all city traffic in hot weather, in hilly recommended maintenance . Engine drive belts inspection or mountainous terrain, or used services be performed at the for fraying, excessive cracks, for taxi, police, or delivery indicated intervals and the or obvious damage (or every service. See Automatic maintenance be recorded. 10 years, whichever occurs Transmission Fluid on first). Replace, if needed. page 10‑14. First Engine Oil Change After Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles . Evaporative control system inspection. Check all fuel and . Automatic transmission fluid vapor lines and hoses for proper change (normal service). See hook‐up, routing, and condition. Automatic Transmission Fluid on Check that the purge valve, page 10‑14. if the vehicle has one, works . Spark plug replacement and properly. Replace as needed. An spark plug wires inspection. Emission Control Service. The An Emission Control Service. U.S. Environmental Protection Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oils meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification Engine Oil mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on page 10‑9. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88862806, in (Vehicles with DOT 3 brake fluid) Canada 88862807). Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88958860, in (Vehicles with DOT 4 brake fluid) Canada 88901244). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission (2.4L Engine) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19256039, in Automatic Transmission (2.0L Engine) Canada 19256040). Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Castrol BOT 0402 Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88862472, in Manual Transmission Canada 88862473). Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Key Lock Cylinders Canada 10953474). Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723) Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Release Pawl Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Hood and Door Hinges Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 55560894 A3128C Engine Oil Filter 2.0L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G 2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176 Spark Plugs 2.0L L4 Engine 12620540 41–108 2.4L L4 Engine 12620540 41–108 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 60.0 cm (23.62 in) 13227404 — Passenger Side – 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 13227405 — Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, located either in the glove box or the trunk area, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This legal identifier is in the front . Model designation. corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information. the left side of the vehicle. It can be . seen through the windshield from Production options and special outside. The VIN also appears on equipment. the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle. and registration. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 2.0L L4 Engine 7.8 L 8.2 qt 2.4L L4 Engine 7.1 L 7.5 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.0L L4 Engine 6 L 6.3 qt 2.4L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt Fuel Tank 2.0L, 2.4L L4 Engine (with NU5 and NT7 emissions) 73.9 L 19.5 gal 2.4L L4 Engine (with NU6 emissions) 70.0 L 18.5 gal Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid* (Drain and Refill) 2.0L L4 Engine, 6–Speed Automatic (Transmission Requires No Fluid Replacement) —— 2.4L L4 Engine, 6–Speed Automatic 8.4 L 8.9 qt Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 lb ft *See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑14 for information on checking fluid level. All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 2.0L L4 Engine V Automatic 0.9 mm (0.035 in) 2.4L L4 Engine C Automatic 0.9 mm (0.035 in) Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 13-12 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 13-13 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Buick. Normally, any concerns with General Motors ...... 13-13 Customer Assistance the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 13-14 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 13-5 ® can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance OnStar ...... 13-15 Navigation System ...... 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 13-5 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Radio Frequency Appointments ...... 13-7 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-15 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership Program ...... 13-8 Statement ...... 13-15 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications If the matter has already been Ordering Information ...... 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Buick, remember 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, that your concern will likely be decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is may reject it and proceed with any resolved by your dealership without why we suggest following Step One other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call first. to you. 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line General Motors of Canada Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Customer Communication Centre at dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at 1‐800-263-3777 (English) or sure you are completely satisfied the following address: 1-800-263-7854 (French). with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business toll-free number in order to give your after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc. inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard following information available to can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 representative: to enforce your rights. Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 . Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. filing a court action, use of the participation in this program. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Buick encourages customers to call procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer the toll-free number for assistance. and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, However, if a customer wishes to Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-3777 (English), write or e-mail Buick, the letter participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration program. or write to: United States General Motors of Canada Limited Mediation/Arbitration Program has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Communication Buick Customer Assistance Center of owner disputes involving Centre P.O. Box 33136 factory-related vehicle service General Motors of Canada Limited Detroit, MI 48232-5136 claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 www.Buick.com the review of the facts involved by 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1-800-521-7300 an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 may include an informal hearing 1-800-832-8425 (For Text before the arbiter. The program is The inquiry should be accompanied Telephone devices (TTYs)) designed so that the entire dispute by the Vehicle Identification Roadside Assistance: settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). 1-800-252-1112 you file your complaint to the final From Puerto Rico: decision, should be completed in 1-800-496-9992 (English) approximately 70 days. We believe 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most From U.S. Virgin Islands: jurisdictions because it is informal, 1-800-496-9994 quick, and free of charge. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

Canada Mexico, Central America and Online Owner Center General Motors of Canada Limited Caribbean Islands/Countries (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Buick Owner Center (U.S.) Customer Communication Centre, www.buickownercenter.com Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Virgin Islands) 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors de Mexico, S. de Information and services Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 R.L. de C.V. customized for your specific www.gm.ca Customer Assistance Center vehicle — all in one convenient place. 1-800-263-3777 (English) Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 1-800-263-7854 (French) Col. Granada . Digital owner manual, warranty 1-800-263-3830 (For Text C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. information, and more. Telephone devices (TTYs)) 01-800-466-0818 . Storage for online service and Roadside Assistance: Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0818 maintenance records. 1-800-268-6800 . Buick dealer locator for service All Overseas Locations Customer Assistance for nationwide. Text Telephone (TTY) Please contact the local General . Exclusive privileges and offers. Motors Business Unit. Users . Recall notices for your specific To assist customers who are deaf, vehicle. hard of hearing, or speech-impaired . OnStar and GM Cardmember and who use Text Telephones Services Earnings summaries. (TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Other Helpful Links: Center. Any TTY user can Buick www.buick.com communicate with Buick by dialing: — 1-800-832-8425. TTY users in Buick Merchandise — Canada can dial 1‐800‐263-3830. www.buickmerchandise.com Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

Help Center — or schedule a service For more information on the limited http://www.buick.com/help/faqs.html appointment by adding the offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or vehicles you own to your call the GM Mobility Assistance . FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) driveway profile. Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call . My Preferences: Manage your . Contact Us profile and use tools and forms 1-800-833-9935. My GM Canada www.gm.ca with greater ease. General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program. Call My GM Canada is a To sign up, visit the My GM.ca 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for password-protected section of section within www.gm.ca. details. TTY users call www.gm.ca where you can save 1-800-263-3830. information on GM vehicles, get GM Mobility personalized offers, and use handy Reimbursement Program tools and forms with greater ease. Roadside Assistance Here are a few of the valuable tools Program and services you will have For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, call access to: 1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone (TTY): 1 888 889 2438). . My Showroom: Find and save ‐ ‐ ‐ information on vehicles and For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, current offers in your area. call 1-800-268-6800. . My Dealers: Save details such This program is available to Service is available 24 hours a day, as address and phone number qualified applicants for cost 365 days a year. for each of your preferred GM reimbursement of eligible dealers. aftermarket adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, such as . My Driveway: Access quick links hand controls or a wheelchair/ to parts and service estimates, scooter lift for the vehicle. check trade-in values, Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of . Emergency Tow from a Public the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Road or Highway: Tow to the When calling Roadside Assistance, Buick and General Motors of nearest Buick dealer for have the following information Canada Limited reserve the right to warranty service, or if the vehicle ready: make any changes or discontinue was in a crash and cannot be . Your name, home address, and the Roadside Assistance program at driven. Assistance is also given home telephone number. any time without notification. when the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, or snow. . Telephone number of your Buick and General Motors of location. Canada Limited reserve the right to . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat tire with the spare . Location of the vehicle. limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the tire. The spare tire, if equipped, . Model, year, color, and license claims are made too often, or the must be in good condition and plate number of the vehicle. same type of claim is made many properly inflated. It is the owner's responsibility for the repair or . Odometer reading, Vehicle times. replacement of the tire if it is not Identification Number (VIN), and Services Provided covered by the warranty. delivery date of the vehicle. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Battery Jump Start: Service to . Description of the problem. Delivery of enough fuel for the jump start a dead battery. Coverage vehicle to get to the nearest service station. Services Not Included in Services are provided up to 5 years/ Roadside Assistance 160 000 km (100,000 miles), . Lock‐Out Service: Service to whichever comes first. unlock the vehicle if you are . Impound towing caused by locked out. A remote unlock violation of any laws. In the U.S., anyone driving the may be available if you have . Legal fines. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a OnStar®. For security reasons, person driving the vehicle without the driver must present . Mounting, dismounting, permission from the owner is not identification before this service or changing of snow tires, covered. is given. chains, or other traction devices. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

. Towing or services for vehicles General Motors of Canada Scheduling Service driven on a non-public road or Limited requires highway. pre-authorization, original Appointments Services Specific to detailed receipts, and a copy When the vehicle requires warranty Canadian Purchased Vehicles of the repair orders. Once service, contact your dealer and ‐ authorization has been received, request an appointment. By . Fuel delivery: Reimbursement the Roadside Assistance advisor scheduling a service appointment is approximately $5 Canadian. will help you make arrangements and advising the service consultant Diesel fuel delivery may be and explain how to receive of your transportation needs, your restricted. Propane and other payment. dealer can help minimize your fuels are not provided through . Alternative Service: If inconvenience. this service. assistance cannot be provided If the vehicle cannot be scheduled . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle right away, the Roadside into the service department registration is required. Assistance advisor may give immediately, keep driving it until it . Trip Routing Service: Detailed permission to get local can be scheduled for service, maps of North America are emergency road service. You will unless, of course, the problem is provided when requested either receive payment, up to $100, safety related. If it is, please call with the most direct route or the after sending the original receipt your dealership, let them know this, most scenic route. There is a six to Roadside Assistance. and ask for instructions. Mechanical failures may be request limit per year. Additional If your dealer requests you to bring covered, however any cost for travel information is also the vehicle for service, you are parts and labor for repairs not available. Allow three weeks for urged to do so as early in the work covered by the warranty are the delivery. day as possible to allow for the owner responsibility. . Trip Interruption Benefits and same-day repair. Assistance: Must be over 250 kilometers from where the trip was started to qualify. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by Warranty service can generally be Program GM for shuttle service. In addition, completed while you wait. However, To enhance your ownership for U.S. customers, should you if you are unable to wait, GM helps experience, we and our participating arrange transportation through to minimize inconvenience by dealers are proud to offer Courtesy a friend or relative, limited providing several transportation Transportation, a customer support reimbursement for reasonable fuel options. Depending on the program for vehicles with the expenses may be available. Claim circumstances, your dealer can offer Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty amounts should reflect actual one of the following: Coverage period in Canada), costs and be supported by original extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for hybrid specific warranties in both information regarding the allowance ‐ Shuttle service is the preferred the U.S. and Canada. amounts for reimbursement of fuel means of offering Courtesy or other transportation costs. Several Courtesy Transportation Transportation. Dealers may provide options are available to assist in shuttle service to get you to your Courtesy Rental Vehicle reducing inconvenience when destination with minimal interruption Your dealer may arrange to provide warranty repairs are required. of your daily schedule. This includes you with a courtesy rental vehicle or one way or round trip shuttle service Courtesy Transportation is not a ‐ ‐ reimburse you for a rental vehicle within reasonable time and distance part of the New Vehicle Limited that you obtain if the vehicle is kept parameters of your dealer's area. Warranty. A separate booklet for an overnight warranty repair. entitled “Warranty and Owner Public Transportation or Fuel Rental reimbursement will be limited Assistance Information” furnished Reimbursement and must be supported by original with each new vehicle provides receipts. This requires that you sign If the vehicle requires overnight detailed warranty coverage and complete a rental agreement warranty repairs, and public information. and meet state/provincial, local, and transportation is used instead of rental vehicle provider requirements. your dealer's shuttle service, the Requirements vary and may include expense must be supported by minimum age requirements, Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in You are responsible for fuel usage prior crashes. In most cases, the charges and may also be If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from responsible for taxes, levies, usage collision and it is damaged, have undamaged sections of the vehicle. fees, excessive mileage, or rental the damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM usage beyond the completion of the technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to repair. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale like vehicle as a courtesy rental. performance; however, the history of value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts Additional Program be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New Information collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any Collision Parts related failures are not covered by All program options, such as shuttle that warranty. service, may not be available at Genuine GM Collision parts are new every dealer. Please contact your parts made with the same materials Aftermarket collision parts are also dealer for specific information and construction methods as the available. These are made by about availability. All Courtesy parts with which the vehicle was companies other than GM and may Transportation arrangements will be originally built. Genuine GM not have been tested for the vehicle. administered by appropriate dealer Collision parts are the best choice to As a result, these parts may fit personnel. ensure that the vehicle's designed poorly, exhibit premature durability/ corrosion problems, and may not General Motors reserves the right to appearance, durability, and safety are preserved. The use of Genuine perform properly in subsequent unilaterally modify, change, collisions. Aftermarket parts are not or discontinue Courtesy GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty. covered by the GM New Vehicle Transportation at any time and to Limited Warranty, and any vehicle resolve all questions of claim Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not eligibility pursuant to the terms and may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. conditions described herein at its parts are typically removed from sole discretion. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Repair Facility When purchasing insurance, we Give only the necessary information recommend that you ensure that the to police and other parties involved GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM in the crash. choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts. meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see If such insurance coverage is not need collision repairs. Your dealer Roadside Assistance Program on available from your current may have a collision repair center page 13‑5. insurance carrier, consider switching with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. Gather the following information: state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be able to recommend a collision repair If the vehicle is leased, the leasing . Driver name, address, and center that has GM-trained company may require you to have telephone number. technicians and comparable insurance that ensures repairs with . Driver license number. equipment. Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Owner name, address, and Insuring the Vehicle Genuine Manufacturer replacement telephone number. Protect your investment in the GM parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Vehicle license plate number. you may be charged at the end of vehicle with comprehensive and . the lease for poor quality repairs. Vehicle make, model, and collision insurance coverage. There model year. are significant differences in the If a Crash Occurs quality of coverage afforded by . Vehicle Identification various insurance policy terms. If there has been an injury, call Number (VIN). Many insurance policies provide emergency services for help. Do not . Insurance company and policy reduced protection to the GM leave the scene of a crash until all number. vehicle by limiting compensation matters have been taken care of. for damage repairs by using Move the vehicle only if its position . General description of the aftermarket collision parts. Some puts you in danger, or you are damage to the other vehicle. insurance companies will not instructed to move it by a police specify aftermarket collision parts. officer. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

Choose a reputable repair facility Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Publications that uses quality replacement parts. but you must live with the repair. Ordering Information See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Depending on your policy limits, section. your insurance company may Service Manuals initially value the repair using If the airbag has inflated, see What Service Manuals have the diagnosis Will You See after an Airbag aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, and insist on and repair information on the Inflates? on page 3‑32. Genuine GM parts. Remember, engines, transmission, axle, Managing the Vehicle Damage if the vehicle is leased, you may be suspension, brakes, electrical, Repair Process obligated to have the vehicle steering, body, etc. repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins In the event that the vehicle requires even if your insurance coverage damage repairs, GM recommends does not pay the full cost. Service Bulletins give additional that you take an active role in its technical service information repair. If you have a pre-determined If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service repair facility of choice, take the company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks. vehicle there, or have it towed there. you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions Specify to the facility that any repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and required replacement collision parts insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle. be original equipment parts, either repair limits, as you have no new Genuine GM parts or recycled contractual limits with that company. original GM parts. Remember, In such cases, you can have control recycled parts will not be covered by of the repair and parts choices as the GM vehicle warranty. long as the cost stays within reasonable limits. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

Owner Information Current and Past Models Reporting Safety Owner publications are written Technical Service Bulletins and Defects specifically for owners and intended Manuals are available for current to provide basic operational and past model GM vehicles. information about the vehicle. The Reporting Safety Defects Owner Manual includes the ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday Maintenance Schedule for all 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government models. For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Owner Manual, and Warranty has a defect which could cause Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Booklet. a crash or could cause injury or Or write to: death, you should immediately RETAIL SELL PRICE: inform the National Highway Helm, Incorporated $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Traffic Safety Administration shipping fees. P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Without Portfolio: Owner General Motors. Manual only. Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring If NHTSA receives similar RETAIL SELL PRICE: obligation. Allow ample time for complaints, it may open an $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and delivery. shipping fees. investigation, and if it finds that All listed prices are quoted in U.S. a safety defect exists in a group funds. Make checks payable in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall funds. and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

To contact NHTSA, you may Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects call the Vehicle Safety Hotline to the Canadian to General Motors toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or http://www.safercar.gov; or If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like write to: believe that the vehicle has a safety this, please notify General Motors. defect, notify Transport Canada Call 1-800-521-7300, or write: Administrator, NHTSA immediately, and notify General Buick Customer Assistance Center 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Motors of Canada Limited. Call P.O. Box 33136 Washington, D.C. 20590 them at 1-800-333-0510 or write to: Detroit, MI 48232-5136 You can also obtain other Transport Canada In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 information about motor Road Safety Branch (English) or 1-800-263-7854 2780 Sheffield Road vehicle safety from (French), or write: http://www.safercar.gov. Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur. Recorder (EDR). The main purpose Privacy of an EDR is to record, in certain Important: EDR data is recorded crash or near crash-like situations, by the vehicle only if a non-trivial This GM vehicle has a number of crash situation occurs; no data is sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that recorded by the EDR under normal information about the vehicle’s driving conditions and no personal performance and how it is driven. will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The data (e.g., name, gender, age, For example, the vehicle uses and crash location) is recorded. computer modules to monitor and EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and However, other parties, such as control engine and transmission law enforcement, could combine performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. the EDR data with the type of conditions for airbag deployment personally identifying data routinely and deploy airbags in a crash, and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: acquired during a crash if so equipped, to provide antilock investigation. braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in the vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating. To read data recorded by an EDR, data to help your dealer technician special equipment is required, and . service the vehicle. Some modules Whether or not the driver and access to the vehicle or the EDR is may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were needed. In addition to the vehicle operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened. manufacturer, other parties, such as fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was law enforcement, that have the These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or special equipment, can read the owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal. information if they have access to as radio pre-sets, seat positions, the vehicle or the EDR. . How fast the vehicle was and temperature settings. traveling. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

GM will not access this data or www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by personal information or link with any share it with others except: with the pressing the Q button and other GM system containing consent of the vehicle owner or, speaking to an advisor. personal information. if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response Navigation System Radio Frequency to an official request by police or Statement similar government office; as part of If the vehicle has a navigation GM's defense of litigation through system, use of the system may This vehicle has systems that the discovery process; or, as result in the storage of destinations, operate on a radio frequency that required by law. Data that GM addresses, telephone numbers, and comply with Part 15 of the Federal collects or receives may also be other trip information. Refer to the Communications Commission (FCC) used for GM research needs or may navigation system operating manual rules and with Industry Canada be made available to others for for information on stored data and Standards RSS‐210/220/310. research purposes, where a need is for deletion instructions. Operation is subject to the following shown and the data is not tied to a two conditions: specific vehicle or vehicle owner. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) 1. The device may not cause OnStar® interference. RFID technology is used in some If the vehicle is equipped with an 2. The device must accept any vehicles for functions such as tire interference received, including active OnStar system, that system pressure monitoring and ignition may also record data in crash or interference that may cause system security, as well as in undesired operation of the near crash‐like situations. The connection with conveniences such device. OnStar Terms and Conditions as key fobs for remote door locking/ provides information on data unlocking and starting, and Changes or modifications to any of collection and use and is available in-vehicle transmitters for garage these systems by other than an in the OnStar glove box kit, at door openers. RFID technology in authorized service facility could void www.onstar.com (U.S.) or GM vehicles does not use or record authorization to use this equipment. Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

2 NOTES Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont.) Assistance Program, What Will You See after an Roadside ...... 13-5 Accessories and Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-32 Audio Players ...... 7-14 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag CD ...... 7-14 Accessory Power ...... 9-21 Inflate? ...... 3-30 Audio System Add-On Electrical Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-29 Backglass Antenna ...... 7-13 Equipment ...... 9-50 Airbags Radio Reception ...... 7-13 Adjustments Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-5 Readiness Light ...... 5-11 Automatic Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-15 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Air Filter, Passenger Vehicles ...... 3-38 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-25 Compartment ...... 8-4 System Check ...... 3-27 Fluid ...... 10-14 Air Vents ...... 8-4 Alarm System Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Airbag Anti-theft ...... 2-9 Shift Lock Control Adding Equipment to the AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Function Check ...... 10-28 Vehicle ...... 3-38 Antenna Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-17 Airbag System Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 Check ...... 3-39 Anti-theft How Does an Airbag B Alarm System ...... 2-9 Restrain? ...... 3-32 Battery ...... 10-27 Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-29 Passenger Sensing Jump Starting ...... 10-70 Antilock Brake System ...... 3-34 Power Protection ...... 6-6 System (ABS) ...... 9-30 What Makes an Airbag Voltage and Charging Warning Light ...... 5-17 Inflate? ...... 3-32 Messages ...... 5-26 Appearance Care Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-30 Exterior ...... 10-77 Bluetooth ...... 7-20, 7-21, 7-23 Interior ...... 10-80 Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-16 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

Brakes ...... 10-25 C Child Restraints Antilock ...... 9-30 Infants and Young Calibration ...... 5-4 Assist ...... 9-33 Children ...... 3-43 California Fluid ...... 10-26 Lower Anchors and Fuel Requirements ...... 9-45 Parking ...... 9-31 Tethers for Children ...... 3-49 Perchlorate Materials System Messages ...... 5-26 Older Children ...... 3-40 Requirements ...... 10-3 Braking ...... 9-3 Securing ...... 3-57, 3-59 Warning ...... 10-3 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-16 Systems ...... 3-45 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-36 Capacities and Fog Lamps ...... 10-32, 6-4 Cleaning Specifications ...... 12-2 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 Exterior Care ...... 10-77 Carbon Monoxide Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-30 Interior Care ...... 10-80 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-24 Headlamps ...... 10-31 Climate Control Systems Trunk ...... 2-7 Headlamps, Front Turn Dual Automatic ...... 8-1 Winter Driving ...... 9-9 Signal, and Parking Clock ...... 5-5 Cargo Net ...... 4-3 Lamps ...... 10-31 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-8 Cautions, Danger, and License Plate Lamps ...... 10-34 Clutch, Hydraulic ...... 10-14 Warnings ...... iii Taillamps, Turn Signal, Collision Damage Repair ...... 13-9 CD Player ...... 7-14 Stoplamps, and Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-69 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Compass ...... 5-4 Back-up Lamps ...... 10-33 Chains, Tire ...... 10-62 Buying New Tires ...... 10-57 Messages ...... 5-26 Charging System Light ...... 5-13 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Check Convenience Net ...... 4-3 Engine Light ...... 5-13 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-10 Ignition Transmission Lock ...... 10-29 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Coolant D Driving (cont.) Engine ...... 10-18 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 13-9 Engine Temperature Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-6 Danger, Warnings, and Gauge ...... 5-10 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-12 Cautions ...... iii Cooling System ...... 10-17 Wet Roads ...... 9-7 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-14 Engine Messages ...... 5-27 Winter ...... 9-9 Daytime Running Courtesy Transportation Dual Automatic Climate Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Program ...... 13-8 Control System ...... 8-1 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Cruise Control ...... 9-39 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-17 Light ...... 5-22 Dome Lamps ...... 6-5 E Cupholders ...... 4-2 Door E85 Fuel ...... 9-47 Customer Assistance ...... 13-4 Ajar Light ...... 5-22 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-16 Offices ...... 13-3 Ajar Messages ...... 5-27 Electrical Equipment, Text Telephone (TTY) Locks ...... 2-4 Add-On ...... 9-50 Users ...... 13-4 Power Locks ...... 2-5 Electrical System Customer Information Rear Seat Pass-through ...... 3-10 Engine Compartment Service Publications Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Fuse Block ...... 10-36 Ordering Information ...... 13-11 Driver Information Fuses and Circuit Customer Satisfaction Center (DIC) ...... 5-22 Breakers ...... 10-36 Procedure ...... 13-1 Driving Instrument Panel Fuse Defensive ...... 9-2 Block ...... 10-40 Drunk ...... 9-2 Overload ...... 10-35 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-19 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-8 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-8 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-11 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

Engine Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-25 Fuel ...... 9-44 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-15 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Additives ...... 9-46 Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-47 Soon Light ...... 5-13 Filling a Portable Fuel Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 F Container ...... 9-49 Coolant ...... 10-18 Filter, Filling the Tank ...... 9-48 Coolant Temperature Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-15 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-45 Gauge ...... 5-10 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-45 Cooling System ...... 10-17 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-3 Gauge ...... 5-9 Cooling System Messages . . .5-27 Flat Tire ...... 10-62 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-20 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Changing ...... 10-63 Recommended ...... 9-44 Exhaust ...... 9-24 Floor Mats ...... 10-83 Requirements, California . . . . .9-45 Heater ...... 9-20 Fluid System Messages ...... 5-28 Overheating ...... 10-21 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-14 Fuel Economy Power Messages ...... 5-28 Brakes ...... 10-26 Driving ...... 1-19 Pressure Light ...... 5-20 Power Steering ...... 10-23 Fuses Running While Parked ...... 9-24 Washer ...... 10-24 Engine Compartment Starting ...... 9-18 Fog Lamps Fuse Block ...... 10-36 Engine Oil Bulb Replacement ...... 10-32, 6-4 Fuses and Circuit Life System ...... 10-13 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-11 Breakers ...... 10-36 Messages ...... 5-28 Front Fog Lamp Instrument Panel Fuse Entry Lighting ...... 6-6 Light ...... 5-21 Block ...... 10-40 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-14 Front Seats Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 Adjustment ...... 3-4 Heated ...... 3-8 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

G H Hood ...... 10-5 Horn ...... 5-2 Gasoline Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 How to Wear Safety Belts Specifications ...... 9-45 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-3 Properly ...... 3-14 Gauges Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 10-14 Engine Coolant Headlamps Temperature ...... 5-10 Aiming ...... 10-30 Fuel ...... 5-9 Automatic ...... 6-3 I Odometer ...... 5-9 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Ignition Positions ...... 9-17 Speedometer ...... 5-9 Daytime Running Ignition Transmission Lock Tachometer ...... 5-9 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Check ...... 10-29 Trip Odometer ...... 5-9 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Immobilizer ...... 2-9 Warning Lights and High-Beam On Light ...... 5-21 Infants and Young Children, Indicators ...... 5-7 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Restraints ...... 3-43 General Information Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-21 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Heated Front Seats ...... 3-8 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-8 Towing ...... 9-50 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-11 Instrument Panel Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Heater Storage Area ...... 4-1 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Engine ...... 9-20 Interactive GM Mobility Reimbursement High-Beam On Light ...... 5-21 Drive Control System ...... 9-38 Program ...... 13-5 High-Speed Operation ...... 10-50 Interactive Drive Control Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-8 System ...... 9-38 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-8 Introduction ...... iii Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-34 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

J Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-18 Lights (cont.) LATCH System High-Beam On ...... 5-21 Jump Starting ...... 10-70 Replacing Parts after a High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Crash ...... 3-57 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-20 K LATCH, Lower Anchors and Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-11 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-29 Tethers for Children ...... 3-49 Security ...... 5-21 Keyless Entry Light Tire Pressure ...... 5-19 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-18 Traction Control System Keys ...... 2-2 Lighting (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-18 Entry ...... 6-6 Traction Off ...... 5-18 L Exit ...... 6-6 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor . . . .5-17 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-43 Illumination Control ...... 6-4 Locks Lamps Lights Door ...... 2-4 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-2 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-11 Power Door ...... 2-5 Dome ...... 6-5 Antilock Brake System Safety ...... 2-6 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-17 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Exterior Lamps Off Brake System Warning ...... 5-16 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-20 Reminder ...... 6-2 Charging System ...... 5-13 Lower Anchors and Tethers Headlamps, Front Turn Cruise Control ...... 5-22 for Children (LATCH Signal, and Parking Door Ajar ...... 5-22 System) ...... 3-49 Lamps ...... 10-31 Electric Parking Brake ...... 5-16 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 License Plate ...... 10-34 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-20 Front Seats ...... 3-5 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-13 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 On Reminder ...... 5-21 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-21 Reading ...... 6-5 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

M Messages (cont.) O Transmission ...... 5-30 Maintenance Object Detection System Vehicle ...... 5-25 Records ...... 11-9 Messages ...... 5-29 Window ...... 5-31 Maintenance Schedule Odometer ...... 5-9 Mirrors Recommended Fluids and Trip ...... 5-9 Automatic Dimming Lubricants ...... 11-6 Off-Road Rearview ...... 2-11 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Recovery ...... 9-6 Convex ...... 2-10 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13 Oil Folding ...... 2-11 Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Engine ...... 10-9 Heated ...... 2-11 Manual Transmission ...... 9-29 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-13 Power ...... 2-11 Fluid ...... 10-14 Messages ...... 5-28 Monitor System, Tire Messages Pressure Light ...... 5-20 Pressure ...... 10-51 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 5-29 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-40 Battery Voltage and Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 Charging ...... 5-26 N OnStar® System ...... 1-20 Brake System ...... 5-26 Navigation Operation, Infotainment Compass ...... 5-26 Vehicle Data Recording System ...... 7-4 Door Ajar ...... 5-27 and Privacy ...... 13-15 Ordering Engine Cooling System ...... 5-27 Net Service Publications ...... 13-11 Engine Oil ...... 5-28 Cargo ...... 4-3 Outlets Engine Power ...... 5-28 Net, Convenience ...... 4-3 Power ...... 5-5 Fuel System ...... 5-28 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-16 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-21 Key and Lock ...... 5-29 Overview, Infotainment Object Detection System . . . . .5-29 System ...... 7-2 Ride Control System ...... 5-29 Tire ...... 5-30 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

P Phone R Bluetooth ...... 7-20, 7-21, 7-23 Park Radio Frequency Power Shifting into ...... 9-21 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-15 Door Locks ...... 2-5 Shifting out of ...... 9-22 Statement ...... 13-15 Mirrors ...... 2-11 Parking ...... 9-23 Radios Outlets ...... 5-5 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-42 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Protection, Battery ...... 6-6 Brake ...... 9-31 Reception ...... 7-13 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-21 Brake and P (Park) Satellite ...... 7-10 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-5 Mechanism Check ...... 10-29 Reading Lamps ...... 6-5 Steering Fluid ...... 10-23 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-23 Rear Seat Windows ...... 2-12 Ultrasonic Sensor Light ...... 5-17 Pass-through Door ...... 3-10 Pregnancy, Using Safety Passenger Airbag Status Rear Seats ...... 3-9 Belts ...... 3-25 Indicator ...... 5-12 Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Privacy Passenger Compartment Air Rearview Mirror Radio Frequency Filter ...... 8-4 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-11 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-15 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-34 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Program Perchlorate Materials Recommended Courtesy Transportation ...... 13-8 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Fuel ...... 9-44 Proposition 65 Warning, Personalization Recommended Fluids and California ...... 10-3 Vehicle ...... 5-31 Lubricants ...... 11-6 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

Records Reporting Safety Defects S Maintenance ...... 11-9 Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Safety Belts ...... 3-11 Recreational Vehicle General Motors ...... 13-13 Care ...... 3-26 Towing ...... 10-74 U.S. Government ...... 13-12 Extender ...... 3-25 Reimbursement Program, Restraints How to Wear Safety Belts GM Mobility ...... 13-5 Where to Put ...... 3-48 Properly ...... 3-14 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Retained Accessory Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-18 System ...... 2-3 Power (RAP) ...... 9-21 Reminders ...... 5-11 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-34 Ride Control Systems Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-26 Replacement Parts Messages ...... 5-29 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-25 Airbags ...... 3-40 Roads Safety Defects Reporting Maintenance ...... 11-8 Driving, Wet ...... 9-7 Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-40 Roadside Assistance General Motors ...... 13-13 Replacing LATCH System Program ...... 13-5 U.S. Government ...... 13-12 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-57 Roof Safety Locks ...... 2-6 Replacing Safety Belt Sunroof ...... 2-15 Safety System Check ...... 3-26 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-26 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-55 Satellite Radio ...... 7-10 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Running the Vehicle While Scheduling Appointments ...... 13-7 Parked ...... 9-24 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

Seats Service (cont.) Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-34 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-28 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Publications Ordering Starting the Engine ...... 9-18 Heated Front ...... 3-8 Information ...... 13-11 Steering ...... 9-4 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 Fluid, Power ...... 10-23 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-5 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-38 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Rear ...... 3-9 Shift Lock Control Function Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Check, Automatic Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Securing Child Transmission ...... 10-28 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Restraints ...... 3-57, 3-59 Shifting Storage Security Into Park ...... 9-21 Rear ...... 4-2 Light ...... 5-21 Out of Park ...... 9-22 Storage Areas Vehicle ...... 2-9 Signals, Turn and Center Console ...... 4-2 Service Lane-Change ...... 6-3 Convenience Net ...... 4-3 Accessories and Spare Tire Glove Box ...... 4-1 Modifications ...... 10-3 Compact ...... 10-69 Instrument Panel ...... 4-1 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Specifications and Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-11 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-13 Capacities ...... 12-2 Sun Visors ...... 2-14 Maintenance Records ...... 11-9 Speedometer ...... 5-9 Sunroof ...... 2-15 Maintenance, General StabiliTrak Symbols ...... iv Information ...... 11-1 OFF Light ...... 5-18 System System ...... 9-36 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Interactive Drive Control ...... 9-38 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

T Tires (cont.) Transmission Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-51 Automatic ...... 9-25 Tachometer ...... 5-9 Rotation ...... 10-55 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-14 Taillamps Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-43 Fluid, Manual ...... 10-14 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Terminology and Messages ...... 5-30 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Definitions ...... 10-46 Transportation Program, Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-9 Uniform Tire Quality Courtesy ...... 13-8 Immobilizer ...... 2-9 Grading ...... 10-59 Trip Odometer ...... 5-9 Time ...... 5-5 Wheel Alignment and Tire Trunk ...... 2-7 Tires Balance ...... 10-61 Turn and Lane-Change Buying New Tires ...... 10-57 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-61 Signals ...... 6-3 Chains ...... 10-62 When It Is Time for New Turn Signal Changing ...... 10-63 Tires ...... 10-56 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Compact Spare ...... 10-69 Winter ...... 10-43 Designations ...... 10-45 Towing Different Size ...... 10-59 U General Information ...... 9-50 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-62 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-42 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-74 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-52 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor Vehicle ...... 10-74 Inspection ...... 10-55 Light ...... 5-17 Traction Messages ...... 5-30 Uniform Tire Quality Control System (TCS) ...... 9-34 Pressure ...... 10-50 Grading ...... 10-59 Control System (TCS)/ Pressure Light ...... 5-19 Using This Manual ...... iii StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-18 Off Light ...... 5-18 Buick Regal Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

V W When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 10-56 Vehicle Warning Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-48 Canadian Owners ...... iii Brake System Light ...... 5-16 Windows ...... 2-12 Control ...... 9-3 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Messages ...... 5-31 Identification Indicators ...... 5-7 Power ...... 2-12 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Warnings ...... iii Windshield Load Limits ...... 9-12 Cautions and Danger ...... iii Wiper/Washer ...... 5-3 Messages ...... 5-25 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-3 Winter Personalization ...... 5-31 Washer Fluid ...... 10-24 Driving ...... 9-9 Security ...... 2-9 Wheels Winter Tires ...... 10-43 Towing ...... 10-74 Alignment and Tire Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-30 Vehicle Care Balance ...... 10-61 Tire Pressure ...... 10-49 Different Size ...... 10-59 Vehicle Identification Replacement ...... 10-61 Service Parts Identification Label ...... 12-1 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-4 Visors ...... 2-14